forked from Qortal/Brooklyn
You can not select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
8221 lines
289 KiB
8221 lines
289 KiB
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ |
|
#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H |
|
#define __NET_CFG80211_H |
|
/* |
|
* 802.11 device and configuration interface |
|
* |
|
* Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <[email protected]> |
|
* Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
|
* Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
|
* Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
#include <linux/ethtool.h> |
|
#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> |
|
#include <linux/netdevice.h> |
|
#include <linux/debugfs.h> |
|
#include <linux/list.h> |
|
#include <linux/bug.h> |
|
#include <linux/netlink.h> |
|
#include <linux/skbuff.h> |
|
#include <linux/nl80211.h> |
|
#include <linux/if_ether.h> |
|
#include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
|
#include <linux/net.h> |
|
#include <linux/rfkill.h> |
|
#include <net/regulatory.h> |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Introduction |
|
* |
|
* cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges |
|
* userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated |
|
* with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used |
|
* by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent |
|
* API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers |
|
* wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. |
|
* |
|
* Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum |
|
* use restrictions. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Device registration |
|
* |
|
* In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device |
|
* with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs |
|
* described below. |
|
* |
|
* The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each |
|
* instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each |
|
* such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with |
|
* it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's |
|
* @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes |
|
* the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the |
|
* network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating |
|
* or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the |
|
* ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. |
|
* |
|
* Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has |
|
* a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and |
|
* structures here describe these capabilities in detail. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
struct wiphy; |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* wireless hardware capability structures |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags |
|
* |
|
* Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. |
|
* |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes |
|
* sending probe requests or beaconing. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel |
|
* is not permitted. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel |
|
* is not permitted. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, |
|
* this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this |
|
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
|
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
|
* restrictions. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, |
|
* this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this |
|
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
|
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
|
* restrictions. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* |
|
*/ |
|
enum ieee80211_channel_flags { |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, |
|
/* hole at 1<<2 */ |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, |
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ |
|
(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) |
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 |
|
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes a single channel for use |
|
* with cfg80211. |
|
* |
|
* @center_freq: center frequency in MHz |
|
* @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz |
|
* @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel |
|
* @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. |
|
* @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory |
|
* code to support devices with additional restrictions |
|
* @band: band this channel belongs to. |
|
* @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi |
|
* @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) |
|
* @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) |
|
* @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon |
|
* has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() |
|
* to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. |
|
* @orig_mag: internal use |
|
* @orig_mpwr: internal use |
|
* @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required |
|
* on this channel. |
|
* @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. |
|
* @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_channel { |
|
enum nl80211_band band; |
|
u32 center_freq; |
|
u16 freq_offset; |
|
u16 hw_value; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
int max_antenna_gain; |
|
int max_power; |
|
int max_reg_power; |
|
bool beacon_found; |
|
u32 orig_flags; |
|
int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; |
|
enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; |
|
unsigned long dfs_state_entered; |
|
unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags |
|
* |
|
* Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured |
|
* in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for |
|
* different bands/PHY modes. |
|
* |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short |
|
* preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and |
|
* with CCK rates. |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
|
* when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the |
|
* core code when registering the wiphy. |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
|
* when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the |
|
* core code when registering the wiphy. |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
|
* when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the |
|
* core code when registering the wiphy. |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode |
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode |
|
*/ |
|
enum ieee80211_rate_flags { |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, |
|
IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter |
|
* |
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS |
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS |
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS |
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS |
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type |
|
*/ |
|
enum ieee80211_bss_type { |
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, |
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, |
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, |
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, |
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter |
|
* |
|
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set |
|
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear |
|
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting |
|
*/ |
|
enum ieee80211_privacy { |
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, |
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, |
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ |
|
((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can |
|
* operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short |
|
* are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are |
|
* passed around. |
|
* |
|
* @flags: rate-specific flags |
|
* @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps |
|
* @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate |
|
* @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when |
|
* short preamble is used |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_rate { |
|
u32 flags; |
|
u16 bitrate; |
|
u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse |
|
* |
|
* @enable: is the feature enabled. |
|
* @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. |
|
* @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset |
|
* @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use |
|
* @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use |
|
* @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by |
|
* members of the SRG |
|
* @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values |
|
* used by members of the SRG |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { |
|
bool enable; |
|
u8 sr_ctrl; |
|
u8 non_srg_max_offset; |
|
u8 min_offset; |
|
u8 max_offset; |
|
u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; |
|
u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring |
|
* |
|
* @color: the current color. |
|
* @enabled: HE BSS color is used |
|
* @partial: define the AID equation. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { |
|
u8 color; |
|
bool enabled; |
|
bool partial; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
|
* to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. |
|
* |
|
* @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA |
|
* @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec |
|
* @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor |
|
* @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing |
|
* @mcs: Supported MCS rates |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { |
|
u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ |
|
bool ht_supported; |
|
u8 ampdu_factor; |
|
u8 ampdu_density; |
|
struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
|
* to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. |
|
* |
|
* @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA |
|
* @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec |
|
* @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { |
|
bool vht_supported; |
|
u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ |
|
struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
|
* to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. |
|
* |
|
* @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. |
|
* @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. |
|
* @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. |
|
* @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { |
|
bool has_he; |
|
struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; |
|
struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; |
|
u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type |
|
* |
|
* This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the |
|
* interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the |
|
* @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. |
|
* |
|
* @types_mask: interface types mask |
|
* @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities |
|
* @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a |
|
* 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). |
|
* @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise |
|
* @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data |
|
* @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { |
|
u16 types_mask; |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; |
|
struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; |
|
struct { |
|
const u8 *data; |
|
unsigned int len; |
|
} vendor_elems; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations |
|
* |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and |
|
* 2.16GHz+2.16GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and |
|
* 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and |
|
* 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
|
* and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, |
|
* 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
|
*/ |
|
enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, |
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
|
* to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration |
|
* |
|
* @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) |
|
* that are allowed to be used for transmissions. |
|
* Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. |
|
* Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. |
|
* @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes |
|
* the allowed channel bandwidth configurations |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_edmg { |
|
u8 channels; |
|
enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
|
* to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. |
|
* |
|
* @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA |
|
* @cap: S1G capabilities information |
|
* @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { |
|
bool s1g; |
|
u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ |
|
u8 nss_mcs[5]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy |
|
* is able to operate in. |
|
* |
|
* @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with |
|
* in this band. |
|
* @band: the band this structure represents |
|
* @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels |
|
* @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with |
|
* in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported |
|
* rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. |
|
* @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates |
|
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band |
|
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band |
|
* @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band |
|
* @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band |
|
* @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) |
|
* @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries |
|
* @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in |
|
* @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only |
|
* one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of |
|
* iftype_data). |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_supported_band { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channels; |
|
struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; |
|
enum nl80211_band band; |
|
int n_channels; |
|
int n_bitrates; |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; |
|
struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; |
|
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; |
|
u16 n_iftype_data; |
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype |
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
|
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
|
* |
|
* Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * |
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
|
u8 iftype) |
|
{ |
|
int i; |
|
|
|
if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) |
|
return NULL; |
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { |
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
|
&sband->iftype_data[i]; |
|
|
|
if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) |
|
return data; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype |
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on |
|
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
|
* |
|
* Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * |
|
ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
|
u8 iftype) |
|
{ |
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
|
|
|
if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) |
|
return &data->he_cap; |
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities |
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
|
* @iftype: the iftype to search for |
|
* |
|
* Return: the 6GHz capabilities |
|
*/ |
|
static inline __le16 |
|
ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
|
{ |
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
|
|
|
if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) |
|
return 0; |
|
|
|
return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for |
|
* |
|
* Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful |
|
* for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board |
|
* design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). |
|
* |
|
* This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable |
|
* unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with |
|
* shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make |
|
* sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified |
|
* without affecting other devices. |
|
* |
|
* As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. |
|
* It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. |
|
* If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). |
|
*/ |
|
#ifdef CONFIG_OF |
|
void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
#else /* CONFIG_OF */ |
|
static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
{ |
|
} |
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
* Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Actions and configuration |
|
* |
|
* Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration |
|
* operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these |
|
* actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these |
|
* operations use are described separately. |
|
* |
|
* Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status |
|
* information via some functions that drivers need to call. |
|
* |
|
* Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described |
|
* in a separate chapter. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ |
|
WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters |
|
* @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise |
|
* %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set |
|
* @use_4addr: use 4-address frames |
|
* @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. |
|
* If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may |
|
* determine the address as needed. |
|
* This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the |
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating |
|
** only p2p devices with specified MAC. |
|
* @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets |
|
* belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed |
|
* @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring |
|
* MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed |
|
*/ |
|
struct vif_params { |
|
u32 flags; |
|
int use_4addr; |
|
u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; |
|
const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct key_params - key information |
|
* |
|
* Information about a key |
|
* |
|
* @key: key material |
|
* @key_len: length of key material |
|
* @cipher: cipher suite selector |
|
* @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used |
|
* with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, |
|
* length given by @seq_len. |
|
* @seq_len: length of @seq. |
|
* @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) |
|
* @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) |
|
*/ |
|
struct key_params { |
|
const u8 *key; |
|
const u8 *seq; |
|
int key_len; |
|
int seq_len; |
|
u16 vlan_id; |
|
u32 cipher; |
|
enum nl80211_key_mode mode; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition |
|
* @chan: the (control) channel |
|
* @width: channel width |
|
* @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment |
|
* @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment |
|
* (only with 80+80 MHz) |
|
* @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. |
|
* If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), |
|
* chan will define the primary channel and all other |
|
* parameters are ignored. |
|
* @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
|
enum nl80211_chan_width width; |
|
u32 center_freq1; |
|
u32 center_freq2; |
|
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; |
|
u16 freq1_offset; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { |
|
struct { |
|
u32 legacy; |
|
u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; |
|
u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; |
|
u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; |
|
enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; |
|
enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; |
|
enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; |
|
} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration |
|
* @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration |
|
* of the peer. |
|
* @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify |
|
* @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, |
|
* similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. |
|
* @noack: noack configuration value for the TID |
|
* @retry_long: retry count value |
|
* @retry_short: retry count value |
|
* @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation |
|
* @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS |
|
* @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation |
|
* @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type |
|
* @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { |
|
bool config_override; |
|
u8 tids; |
|
u64 mask; |
|
enum nl80211_tid_config noack; |
|
u8 retry_long, retry_short; |
|
enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; |
|
enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; |
|
enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; |
|
enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; |
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration |
|
* @peer: Station's MAC address |
|
* @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied |
|
* @tid_conf: Configuration change info |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_tid_config { |
|
const u8 *peer; |
|
u32 n_tid_conf; |
|
struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition |
|
* |
|
* Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given |
|
* chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline enum nl80211_channel_type |
|
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
|
{ |
|
switch (chandef->width) { |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: |
|
return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: |
|
return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: |
|
if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) |
|
return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; |
|
return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; |
|
default: |
|
WARN_ON(1); |
|
return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill |
|
* @channel: the control channel |
|
* @chantype: the channel type |
|
* |
|
* Given a channel type, create a channel definition. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
|
enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical |
|
* @chandef1: first channel definition |
|
* @chandef2: second channel definition |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are |
|
* identical, %false otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline bool |
|
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, |
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) |
|
{ |
|
return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && |
|
chandef1->width == chandef2->width && |
|
chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && |
|
chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && |
|
chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline bool |
|
cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
|
{ |
|
return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible |
|
* @chandef1: first channel definition |
|
* @chandef2: second channel definition |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, |
|
* chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def * |
|
cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, |
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check |
|
* Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check |
|
* @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set |
|
* Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
u32 prohibited_flags); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check |
|
* @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype |
|
* Returns: |
|
* 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel |
|
* |
|
* In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK |
|
* rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: channel definition for the channel |
|
* |
|
* Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel |
|
*/ |
|
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags |
|
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
|
{ |
|
switch (chandef->width) { |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
|
return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
|
return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; |
|
default: |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
return 0; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef |
|
* |
|
* In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel |
|
* bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual |
|
* max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: channel definition for the channel |
|
* |
|
* Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef |
|
*/ |
|
static inline int |
|
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
|
{ |
|
switch (chandef->width) { |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
|
return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, |
|
chandef->chan->max_power); |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
|
return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, |
|
chandef->chan->max_power); |
|
default: |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
return chandef->chan->max_power; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check for |
|
* @band_mask: which bands to check on |
|
* @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, |
|
* %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
unsigned long band_mask, |
|
u32 prohibited_flags); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags |
|
* |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in |
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in |
|
* |
|
* Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info |
|
* it has filled in during the get_survey(). |
|
*/ |
|
enum survey_info_flags { |
|
SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), |
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct survey_info - channel survey response |
|
* |
|
* @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single |
|
* record to report global statistics |
|
* @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags |
|
* @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are |
|
* optional |
|
* @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) |
|
* @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy |
|
* @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy |
|
* @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data |
|
* @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data |
|
* @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning |
|
* @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS |
|
* |
|
* Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. |
|
* |
|
* This structure can later be expanded with things like |
|
* channel duty cycle etc. |
|
*/ |
|
struct survey_info { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
|
u64 time; |
|
u64 time_busy; |
|
u64 time_ext_busy; |
|
u64 time_rx; |
|
u64 time_tx; |
|
u64 time_scan; |
|
u64 time_bss_rx; |
|
u32 filled; |
|
s8 noise; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings |
|
* @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled |
|
* (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) |
|
* @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) |
|
* @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers |
|
* @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites |
|
* @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites |
|
* @akm_suites: AKM suites |
|
* @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., |
|
* sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is |
|
* required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by |
|
* user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. |
|
* @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be |
|
* allowed through even on unauthorized ports |
|
* @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port |
|
* protocol frames. |
|
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
|
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
|
* @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control |
|
* port for mac80211 |
|
* @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of |
|
* CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys |
|
* @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key |
|
* @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) |
|
* @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE |
|
* offload) |
|
* @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) |
|
* @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: |
|
* |
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED |
|
* Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any |
|
* preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in |
|
* such a scenario. |
|
* |
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK |
|
* Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only |
|
* |
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT |
|
* Allow hash-to-element only |
|
* |
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH |
|
* Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { |
|
u32 wpa_versions; |
|
u32 cipher_group; |
|
int n_ciphers_pairwise; |
|
u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; |
|
int n_akm_suites; |
|
u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; |
|
bool control_port; |
|
__be16 control_port_ethertype; |
|
bool control_port_no_encrypt; |
|
bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
|
bool control_port_no_preauth; |
|
struct key_params *wep_keys; |
|
int wep_tx_key; |
|
const u8 *psk; |
|
const u8 *sae_pwd; |
|
u8 sae_pwd_len; |
|
enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data |
|
* @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) |
|
* or %NULL if not changed |
|
* @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) |
|
* or %NULL if not changed |
|
* @head_len: length of @head |
|
* @tail_len: length of @tail |
|
* @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL |
|
* @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets |
|
* @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response |
|
* frames or %NULL |
|
* @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets |
|
* @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association |
|
* Response frames or %NULL |
|
* @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets |
|
* @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) |
|
* @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) |
|
* @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change |
|
* (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) |
|
* @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token |
|
* (measurement type 8) |
|
* @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement |
|
* Token (measurement type 11) |
|
* @lci_len: LCI data length |
|
* @civicloc_len: Civic location data length |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data { |
|
const u8 *head, *tail; |
|
const u8 *beacon_ies; |
|
const u8 *proberesp_ies; |
|
const u8 *assocresp_ies; |
|
const u8 *probe_resp; |
|
const u8 *lci; |
|
const u8 *civicloc; |
|
s8 ftm_responder; |
|
|
|
size_t head_len, tail_len; |
|
size_t beacon_ies_len; |
|
size_t proberesp_ies_len; |
|
size_t assocresp_ies_len; |
|
size_t probe_resp_len; |
|
size_t lci_len; |
|
size_t civicloc_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
struct mac_address { |
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data |
|
* |
|
* @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's |
|
* entry specified by mac_addr |
|
* @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed |
|
* @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_acl_data { |
|
enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; |
|
int n_acl_entries; |
|
|
|
/* Keep it last */ |
|
struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from |
|
* IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. |
|
* |
|
* @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
|
* @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
|
* @tmpl_len: Template length |
|
* @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action |
|
* frame headers. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { |
|
u32 min_interval; |
|
u32 max_interval; |
|
size_t tmpl_len; |
|
const u8 *tmpl; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe |
|
* response parameters in 6GHz. |
|
* |
|
* @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned |
|
* in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive |
|
* scanning |
|
* @tmpl_len: Template length |
|
* @tmpl: Template data for probe response |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { |
|
u32 interval; |
|
size_t tmpl_len; |
|
const u8 *tmpl; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags |
|
* |
|
* Used by cfg80211_ap_settings |
|
* |
|
* @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { |
|
AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration |
|
* |
|
* Used to configure an AP interface. |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use |
|
* @beacon: beacon data |
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval |
|
* @dtim_period: DTIM period |
|
* @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from |
|
* user space) |
|
* @ssid_len: length of @ssid |
|
* @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames |
|
* @crypto: crypto settings |
|
* @privacy: the BSS uses privacy |
|
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
|
* @smps_mode: SMPS mode |
|
* @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. |
|
* @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window |
|
* @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS |
|
* @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for |
|
* MAC address based access control |
|
* @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG |
|
* networks. |
|
* @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons |
|
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) |
|
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) |
|
* @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) |
|
* @ht_required: stations must support HT |
|
* @vht_required: stations must support VHT |
|
* @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time |
|
* @he_required: stations must support HE |
|
* @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE |
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags |
|
* @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings |
|
* @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings |
|
* @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) |
|
* @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters |
|
* @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_ap_settings { |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; |
|
|
|
int beacon_interval, dtim_period; |
|
const u8 *ssid; |
|
size_t ssid_len; |
|
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; |
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
|
bool privacy; |
|
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
|
enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
|
int inactivity_timeout; |
|
u8 p2p_ctwindow; |
|
bool p2p_opp_ps; |
|
const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; |
|
bool pbss; |
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; |
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; |
|
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; |
|
const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; |
|
const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; |
|
bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; |
|
bool twt_responder; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; |
|
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; |
|
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; |
|
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings |
|
* |
|
* Used for channel switch |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch |
|
* @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch |
|
* @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) |
|
* @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response |
|
* @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) |
|
* @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response |
|
* @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel |
|
* @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel |
|
* @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing |
|
* @count: number of beacons until switch |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_csa_settings { |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; |
|
const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; |
|
const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; |
|
unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; |
|
unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; |
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; |
|
bool radar_required; |
|
bool block_tx; |
|
u8 count; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations |
|
* |
|
* Used to pass interface combination parameters |
|
* |
|
* @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want |
|
* to use for verification |
|
* @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel |
|
* width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of |
|
* &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths |
|
* @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface |
|
* type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum |
|
* nl80211_iftype. |
|
* @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface |
|
* that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of |
|
* the verification |
|
*/ |
|
struct iface_combination_params { |
|
int num_different_channels; |
|
u8 radar_detect; |
|
int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; |
|
u32 new_beacon_int; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply |
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) |
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability |
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state |
|
* |
|
* Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, |
|
* for those that don't these flags will are used. |
|
*/ |
|
enum station_parameters_apply_mask { |
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), |
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), |
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), |
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration |
|
* |
|
* Used to configure txpower for station. |
|
* |
|
* @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power |
|
* is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be |
|
* overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx |
|
* power per-interface or per-station. |
|
* @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power |
|
* will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC |
|
* %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. |
|
* NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for |
|
* per peer TPC. |
|
*/ |
|
struct sta_txpwr { |
|
s16 power; |
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct station_parameters - station parameters |
|
* |
|
* Used to change and create a new station. |
|
* |
|
* @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to |
|
* @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format |
|
* (or NULL for no change) |
|
* @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates |
|
* @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed |
|
* (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) |
|
* @sta_flags_set: station flags values |
|
* (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) |
|
* @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change |
|
* @aid: AID or zero for no change |
|
* @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) |
|
* @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change |
|
* @plink_action: plink action to take |
|
* @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station |
|
* @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station |
|
* @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station |
|
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format |
|
* as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field |
|
* @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the |
|
* QoS info field (but already shifted down) |
|
* @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed |
|
* (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), |
|
* see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask |
|
* @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set |
|
* to unknown) |
|
* @capability: station capability |
|
* @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station |
|
* @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities |
|
* @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format |
|
* @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels |
|
* @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format |
|
* @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes |
|
* @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification |
|
* @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used |
|
* @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism |
|
* @he_capa: HE capabilities of station |
|
* @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities |
|
* @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station |
|
* @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station |
|
* @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station |
|
*/ |
|
struct station_parameters { |
|
const u8 *supported_rates; |
|
struct net_device *vlan; |
|
u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; |
|
u32 sta_modify_mask; |
|
int listen_interval; |
|
u16 aid; |
|
u16 vlan_id; |
|
u16 peer_aid; |
|
u8 supported_rates_len; |
|
u8 plink_action; |
|
u8 plink_state; |
|
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; |
|
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; |
|
u8 uapsd_queues; |
|
u8 max_sp; |
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; |
|
u16 capability; |
|
const u8 *ext_capab; |
|
u8 ext_capab_len; |
|
const u8 *supported_channels; |
|
u8 supported_channels_len; |
|
const u8 *supported_oper_classes; |
|
u8 supported_oper_classes_len; |
|
u8 opmode_notif; |
|
bool opmode_notif_used; |
|
int support_p2p_ps; |
|
const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; |
|
u8 he_capa_len; |
|
u16 airtime_weight; |
|
struct sta_txpwr txpwr; |
|
const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters |
|
* |
|
* Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). |
|
* |
|
* @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations |
|
* @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal |
|
* (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) |
|
* @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame |
|
*/ |
|
struct station_del_parameters { |
|
const u8 *mac; |
|
u8 subtype; |
|
u16 reason_code; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still |
|
* unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has |
|
* the AP MLME in the device |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry |
|
* while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when |
|
* being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is |
|
* supported/used) |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active |
|
* entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) |
|
* @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_station_type { |
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, |
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, |
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, |
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, |
|
CFG80211_STA_IBSS, |
|
CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, |
|
CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, |
|
CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, |
|
CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on |
|
* @params: the new parameters for a station |
|
* @statype: the type of station being modified |
|
* |
|
* Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function |
|
* with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that |
|
* it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if |
|
* not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for |
|
* backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct station_parameters *params, |
|
enum cfg80211_station_type statype); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags |
|
* |
|
* Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission |
|
* type for 802.11n transmissions. |
|
* |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode |
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS |
|
*/ |
|
enum rate_info_flags { |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), |
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information |
|
* |
|
* Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. |
|
* |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth |
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation |
|
*/ |
|
enum rate_info_bw { |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_5, |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_10, |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_40, |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_80, |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_160, |
|
RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct rate_info - bitrate information |
|
* |
|
* Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate |
|
* |
|
* @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags |
|
* @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate |
|
* @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg |
|
* @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) |
|
* @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) |
|
* @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) |
|
* @he_dcm: HE DCM value |
|
* @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, |
|
* only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) |
|
* @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) |
|
*/ |
|
struct rate_info { |
|
u8 flags; |
|
u8 mcs; |
|
u16 legacy; |
|
u8 nss; |
|
u8 bw; |
|
u8 he_gi; |
|
u8 he_dcm; |
|
u8 he_ru_alloc; |
|
u8 n_bonded_ch; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags |
|
* |
|
* Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission |
|
* type for 802.11n transmissions. |
|
* |
|
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled |
|
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
|
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled |
|
*/ |
|
enum bss_param_flags { |
|
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, |
|
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, |
|
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station |
|
* |
|
* Information about the currently associated BSS |
|
* |
|
* @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags |
|
* @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS |
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval |
|
*/ |
|
struct sta_bss_parameters { |
|
u8 flags; |
|
u8 dtim_period; |
|
u16 beacon_interval; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID |
|
* @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to |
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled |
|
* @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged |
|
* @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged |
|
* @flows: number of new flows seen |
|
* @drops: total number of packets dropped |
|
* @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE |
|
* @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow |
|
* @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow |
|
* @collisions: number of hash collisions |
|
* @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued |
|
* @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued |
|
* @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_txq_stats { |
|
u32 filled; |
|
u32 backlog_bytes; |
|
u32 backlog_packets; |
|
u32 flows; |
|
u32 drops; |
|
u32 ecn_marks; |
|
u32 overlimit; |
|
u32 overmemory; |
|
u32 collisions; |
|
u32 tx_bytes; |
|
u32 tx_packets; |
|
u32 max_flows; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics |
|
* @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to |
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled |
|
* @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs |
|
* @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs |
|
* @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for |
|
* transmitted MSDUs |
|
* @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs |
|
* @txq_stats: TXQ statistics |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_tid_stats { |
|
u32 filled; |
|
u64 rx_msdu; |
|
u64 tx_msdu; |
|
u64 tx_msdu_retries; |
|
u64 tx_msdu_failed; |
|
struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct station_info - station information |
|
* |
|
* Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. |
|
* |
|
* @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to |
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct for them |
|
* @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected |
|
* @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds |
|
* @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association |
|
* @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station |
|
* @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station |
|
* @llid: mesh local link id |
|
* @plid: mesh peer link id |
|
* @plink_state: mesh peer link state |
|
* @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. |
|
* For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. |
|
* @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. |
|
* For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. |
|
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg |
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm |
|
* @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm |
|
* @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station |
|
* @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station |
|
* @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station |
|
* @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station |
|
* @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) |
|
* @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) |
|
* @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. |
|
* @bss_param: current BSS parameters |
|
* @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. |
|
* This number should increase every time the list of stations |
|
* changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that |
|
* userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. |
|
* @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. |
|
* This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use |
|
* user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for |
|
* the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. |
|
* @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. |
|
* @sta_flags: station flags mask & values |
|
* @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. |
|
* @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. |
|
* @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode |
|
* @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode |
|
* @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode |
|
* @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) |
|
* towards this station. |
|
* @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer |
|
* @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received |
|
* from this peer |
|
* @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate |
|
* @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer |
|
* @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer |
|
* @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight |
|
* @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last |
|
* (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. |
|
* Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. |
|
* @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. |
|
* @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has |
|
* been sent. |
|
* @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station |
|
* @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with |
|
* an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the |
|
* received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. |
|
* @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. |
|
* @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server |
|
*/ |
|
struct station_info { |
|
u64 filled; |
|
u32 connected_time; |
|
u32 inactive_time; |
|
u64 assoc_at; |
|
u64 rx_bytes; |
|
u64 tx_bytes; |
|
u16 llid; |
|
u16 plid; |
|
u8 plink_state; |
|
s8 signal; |
|
s8 signal_avg; |
|
|
|
u8 chains; |
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
|
s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
|
|
|
struct rate_info txrate; |
|
struct rate_info rxrate; |
|
u32 rx_packets; |
|
u32 tx_packets; |
|
u32 tx_retries; |
|
u32 tx_failed; |
|
u32 rx_dropped_misc; |
|
struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; |
|
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; |
|
|
|
int generation; |
|
|
|
const u8 *assoc_req_ies; |
|
size_t assoc_req_ies_len; |
|
|
|
u32 beacon_loss_count; |
|
s64 t_offset; |
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; |
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; |
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; |
|
|
|
u32 expected_throughput; |
|
|
|
u64 tx_duration; |
|
u64 rx_duration; |
|
u64 rx_beacon; |
|
u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; |
|
u8 connected_to_gate; |
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; |
|
s8 ack_signal; |
|
s8 avg_ack_signal; |
|
|
|
u16 airtime_weight; |
|
|
|
u32 rx_mpdu_count; |
|
u32 fcs_err_count; |
|
|
|
u32 airtime_link_metric; |
|
|
|
u8 connected_to_as; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit |
|
* @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm |
|
* @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { |
|
s32 power; |
|
u32 freq_range_index; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs |
|
* @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types |
|
* @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs |
|
* @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_sar_specs { |
|
enum nl80211_sar_type type; |
|
u32 num_sub_specs; |
|
struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges |
|
* @start_freq: start range edge frequency |
|
* @end_freq: end range edge frequency |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { |
|
u32 start_freq; |
|
u32 end_freq; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability |
|
* @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types |
|
* @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges |
|
* @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. |
|
* |
|
* Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing |
|
* range to small ones and then append them. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_sar_capa { |
|
enum nl80211_sar_type type; |
|
u32 num_freq_ranges; |
|
const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) |
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station |
|
* @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to |
|
* @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest |
|
* @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information |
|
* |
|
* Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information |
|
* otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be |
|
* considered undefined. |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
struct station_info *sinfo); |
|
#else |
|
static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
struct station_info *sinfo) |
|
{ |
|
return -ENOENT; |
|
} |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum monitor_flags - monitor flags |
|
* |
|
* Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits |
|
* according to the nl80211 flags. |
|
* |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing |
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address |
|
*/ |
|
enum monitor_flags { |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, |
|
MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags |
|
* |
|
* Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled |
|
* in during get_station() or dump_station(). |
|
* |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled |
|
* @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled |
|
*/ |
|
enum mpath_info_flags { |
|
MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), |
|
MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), |
|
MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), |
|
MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), |
|
MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), |
|
MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), |
|
MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), |
|
MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), |
|
MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct mpath_info - mesh path information |
|
* |
|
* Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). |
|
* |
|
* @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags |
|
* @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination |
|
* @sn: target sequence number |
|
* @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path |
|
* @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs |
|
* @flags: mesh path flags |
|
* @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs |
|
* @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries |
|
* @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. |
|
* This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths |
|
* changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that |
|
* userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. |
|
* @hop_count: hops to destination |
|
* @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination |
|
*/ |
|
struct mpath_info { |
|
u32 filled; |
|
u32 frame_qlen; |
|
u32 sn; |
|
u32 metric; |
|
u32 exptime; |
|
u32 discovery_timeout; |
|
u8 discovery_retries; |
|
u8 flags; |
|
u8 hop_count; |
|
u32 path_change_count; |
|
|
|
int generation; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters |
|
* |
|
* Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). |
|
* |
|
* @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection |
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
|
* @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed |
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
|
* @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed |
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
|
* @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format |
|
* (or NULL for no change) |
|
* @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates |
|
* @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations |
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
|
* @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode |
|
* (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) |
|
* @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) |
|
* @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) |
|
*/ |
|
struct bss_parameters { |
|
int use_cts_prot; |
|
int use_short_preamble; |
|
int use_short_slot_time; |
|
const u8 *basic_rates; |
|
u8 basic_rates_len; |
|
int ap_isolate; |
|
int ht_opmode; |
|
s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration |
|
* |
|
* These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. |
|
* |
|
* @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used |
|
* by the Mesh Peering Open message |
|
* @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units |
|
* used by the Mesh Peering Open message |
|
* @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by |
|
* the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering |
|
* @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this |
|
* mesh interface |
|
* @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can |
|
* be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh |
|
* @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA |
|
* @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection |
|
* elements |
|
* @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we |
|
* detect compatible mesh peers |
|
* @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to |
|
* synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ |
|
* that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target |
|
* @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds |
|
* @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on |
|
* a path discovery in milliseconds |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs |
|
* receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the |
|
* root to be valid. (TU = time unit) |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during |
|
* which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ |
|
* element |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during |
|
* which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR |
|
* element |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that |
|
* it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root |
|
* announcements are transmitted |
|
* @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh |
|
* station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is |
|
* missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true |
|
* only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but |
|
* not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the |
|
* same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) |
|
* @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding |
|
* entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) |
|
* @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate |
|
* station to establish a peer link |
|
* @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode |
|
* |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs |
|
* receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to |
|
* the root mesh STA to be valid. |
|
* |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive |
|
* PREQs are transmitted. |
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) |
|
* during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing |
|
* a PREQ element for root path confirmation. |
|
* @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial |
|
* setting for new peer links. |
|
* @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake |
|
* after transmitting its beacon. |
|
* @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established |
|
* peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it |
|
* from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. |
|
* @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is |
|
* connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the |
|
* value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths |
|
* in the mesh path table |
|
* @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP |
|
* for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might |
|
* not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So |
|
* if using this setting you will likely also want to disable |
|
* dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. |
|
*/ |
|
struct mesh_config { |
|
u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; |
|
u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; |
|
u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; |
|
u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; |
|
u8 dot11MeshTTL; |
|
u8 element_ttl; |
|
bool auto_open_plinks; |
|
u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; |
|
u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; |
|
u32 path_refresh_time; |
|
u16 min_discovery_timeout; |
|
u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; |
|
u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; |
|
bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; |
|
bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; |
|
bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; |
|
bool dot11MeshForwarding; |
|
s32 rssi_threshold; |
|
u16 ht_opmode; |
|
u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; |
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; |
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; |
|
u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; |
|
u32 plink_timeout; |
|
bool dot11MeshNolearn; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration |
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use |
|
* @mesh_id: the mesh ID |
|
* @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes |
|
* @sync_method: which synchronization method to use |
|
* @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use |
|
* @path_metric: which metric to use |
|
* @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using |
|
* @ie: vendor information elements (optional) |
|
* @ie_len: length of vendor information elements |
|
* @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication |
|
* @is_secure: this mesh uses security |
|
* @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions |
|
* @dtim_period: DTIM period to use |
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use |
|
* @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] |
|
* @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh |
|
* @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons |
|
* @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. |
|
* changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required |
|
* to operate on DFS channels. |
|
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
|
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
|
* |
|
* These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. |
|
*/ |
|
struct mesh_setup { |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
const u8 *mesh_id; |
|
u8 mesh_id_len; |
|
u8 sync_method; |
|
u8 path_sel_proto; |
|
u8 path_metric; |
|
u8 auth_id; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
u8 ie_len; |
|
bool is_authenticated; |
|
bool is_secure; |
|
bool user_mpm; |
|
u8 dtim_period; |
|
u16 beacon_interval; |
|
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
|
u32 basic_rates; |
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; |
|
bool userspace_handles_dfs; |
|
bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration |
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use |
|
* |
|
* These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network |
|
*/ |
|
struct ocb_setup { |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters |
|
* @ac: AC identifier |
|
* @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
|
* @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range |
|
* 1..32767] |
|
* @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range |
|
* 1..32767] |
|
* @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_txq_params { |
|
enum nl80211_ac ac; |
|
u16 txop; |
|
u16 cwmin; |
|
u16 cwmax; |
|
u8 aifs; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling |
|
* |
|
* The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite |
|
* a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will |
|
* be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the |
|
* channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the |
|
* wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to |
|
* probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements |
|
* that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be |
|
* well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised |
|
* in the wiphy structure. |
|
* |
|
* When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because |
|
* it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not |
|
* maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. |
|
* |
|
* Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of |
|
* functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the |
|
* BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available |
|
* to userspace. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description |
|
* @ssid: the SSID |
|
* @ssid_len: length of the ssid |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_ssid { |
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
|
u8 ssid_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan |
|
* @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the |
|
* wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this |
|
* information is not available, this field is left zero. |
|
* @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. |
|
* @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, |
|
* userspace will be notified of that |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info { |
|
u64 scan_start_tsf; |
|
u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
bool aborted; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only |
|
* |
|
* @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for |
|
* @bssid: bssid to scan for |
|
* @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request |
|
* which the above info relvant to |
|
* @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU |
|
* @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used |
|
* @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait |
|
* 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { |
|
u32 short_ssid; |
|
u32 channel_idx; |
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
bool unsolicited_probe; |
|
bool short_ssid_valid; |
|
bool psc_no_listen; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description |
|
* |
|
* @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) |
|
* @n_ssids: number of SSIDs |
|
* @channels: channels to scan on. |
|
* @n_channels: total number of channels to scan |
|
* @scan_width: channel width for scanning |
|
* @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL |
|
* @ie_len: length of ie in octets |
|
* @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If |
|
* %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and |
|
* the actual dwell time may be shorter. |
|
* @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the |
|
* %duration field. |
|
* @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation |
|
* @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this was for |
|
* @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device to scan for |
|
* @info: (internal) information about completed scan |
|
* @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted |
|
* @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band |
|
* @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation |
|
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that |
|
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
|
* be taken from the @mac_addr |
|
* @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, |
|
* true if this is the second scan request |
|
* @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params |
|
* @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params |
|
* @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_request { |
|
struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; |
|
int n_ssids; |
|
u32 n_channels; |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
u16 duration; |
|
bool duration_mandatory; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
|
|
u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
|
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev; |
|
|
|
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
|
|
/* internal */ |
|
struct wiphy *wiphy; |
|
unsigned long scan_start; |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info info; |
|
bool notified; |
|
bool no_cck; |
|
bool scan_6ghz; |
|
u32 n_6ghz_params; |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; |
|
|
|
/* keep last */ |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) |
|
{ |
|
int i; |
|
|
|
get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); |
|
for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { |
|
buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; |
|
buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match |
|
* |
|
* @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match |
|
* or no match (RSSI only) |
|
* @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match |
|
* or no match (RSSI only) |
|
* @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) |
|
* @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied |
|
* for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support |
|
* of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability |
|
* %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band |
|
* specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. |
|
* If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of |
|
* corresponding matchset. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_match_set { |
|
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
s32 rssi_thold; |
|
s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan |
|
* |
|
* @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. |
|
* @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means |
|
* infinite loop. |
|
* The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, |
|
* all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { |
|
u32 interval; |
|
u32 iterations; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. |
|
* |
|
* @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. |
|
* @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { |
|
enum nl80211_band band; |
|
s8 delta; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description |
|
* |
|
* @reqid: identifies this request. |
|
* @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) |
|
* @n_ssids: number of SSIDs |
|
* @n_channels: total number of channels to scan |
|
* @scan_width: channel width for scanning |
|
* @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL |
|
* @ie_len: length of ie in octets |
|
* @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation |
|
* @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result |
|
* entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host |
|
* (others are filtered out). |
|
* If ommited, all results are passed. |
|
* @n_match_sets: number of match sets |
|
* @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this was for |
|
* @dev: the interface |
|
* @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan |
|
* @channels: channels to scan |
|
* @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this |
|
* contains the minimum over all matchsets |
|
* @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation |
|
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that |
|
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
|
* be taken from the @mac_addr |
|
* @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest |
|
* index must be executed first. |
|
* @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. |
|
* @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct |
|
* @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request |
|
* owned by a particular socket) |
|
* @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed |
|
* @list: for keeping list of requests. |
|
* @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan |
|
* cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start |
|
* immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not |
|
* supported. |
|
* @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. |
|
* @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result |
|
* reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined |
|
* to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. |
|
* The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. |
|
* @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong |
|
* to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported |
|
* using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that |
|
* belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative |
|
* comparisions. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { |
|
u64 reqid; |
|
struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; |
|
int n_ssids; |
|
u32 n_channels; |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; |
|
int n_match_sets; |
|
s32 min_rssi_thold; |
|
u32 delay; |
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; |
|
int n_scan_plans; |
|
|
|
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
|
|
bool relative_rssi_set; |
|
s8 relative_rssi; |
|
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; |
|
|
|
/* internal */ |
|
struct wiphy *wiphy; |
|
struct net_device *dev; |
|
unsigned long scan_start; |
|
bool report_results; |
|
struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
|
u32 owner_nlportid; |
|
bool nl_owner_dead; |
|
struct list_head list; |
|
|
|
/* keep last */ |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type |
|
* |
|
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available |
|
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) |
|
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_signal_type { |
|
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, |
|
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, |
|
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data |
|
* @chan: channel the frame was received on |
|
* @scan_width: scan width that was used |
|
* @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's |
|
* signal type |
|
* @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was |
|
* received; should match the time when the frame was actually |
|
* received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was |
|
* buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. |
|
* If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of |
|
* ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. |
|
* @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the |
|
* timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified |
|
* by %parent_bssid. |
|
* @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to |
|
* the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. |
|
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. |
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
|
s32 signal; |
|
u64 boottime_ns; |
|
u64 parent_tsf; |
|
u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
u8 chains; |
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data |
|
* @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs |
|
* @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing |
|
* @len: length of the IEs |
|
* @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon |
|
* @data: IE data |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss_ies { |
|
u64 tsf; |
|
struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
|
int len; |
|
bool from_beacon; |
|
u8 data[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description |
|
* |
|
* This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) |
|
* for use in scan results and similar. |
|
* |
|
* @channel: channel this BSS is on |
|
* @scan_width: width of the control channel |
|
* @bssid: BSSID of the BSS |
|
* @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame |
|
* @capability: the capability field in host byte order |
|
* @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these |
|
* are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or |
|
* proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been |
|
* received. It is always non-%NULL. |
|
* @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame |
|
* (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't |
|
* own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the |
|
* @hidden_beacon_bss struct) |
|
* @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame |
|
* @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from |
|
* a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct |
|
* that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and |
|
* points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. |
|
* @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a |
|
* non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) |
|
* @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one |
|
* (multi-BSSID support) |
|
* @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) |
|
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. |
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. |
|
* @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set |
|
* @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set |
|
* @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
|
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; |
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; |
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; |
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; |
|
struct list_head nontrans_list; |
|
|
|
s32 signal; |
|
|
|
u16 beacon_interval; |
|
u16 capability; |
|
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
u8 chains; |
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
|
|
|
u8 bssid_index; |
|
u8 max_bssid_indicator; |
|
|
|
u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID |
|
* @bss: the bss to search |
|
* @id: the element ID |
|
* |
|
* Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so |
|
* rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. |
|
* Return: %NULL if not found. |
|
*/ |
|
const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID |
|
* @bss: the bss to search |
|
* @id: the element ID |
|
* |
|
* Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so |
|
* rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. |
|
* Return: %NULL if not found. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) |
|
{ |
|
return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
|
* authentication. |
|
* |
|
* @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference |
|
* to it if it needs to keep it. |
|
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL |
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
|
* @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication |
|
* @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication |
|
* @key: WEP key for shared key authentication |
|
* @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains |
|
* the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the |
|
* Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication |
|
* transaction sequence number field. |
|
* @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_auth_request { |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
|
const u8 *key; |
|
u8 key_len, key_idx; |
|
const u8 *auth_data; |
|
size_t auth_data_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. |
|
* |
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) |
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT |
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association |
|
* @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external |
|
* authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to |
|
* userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() |
|
* request (connect callback). |
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { |
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), |
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), |
|
ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), |
|
CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), |
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
|
* (re)association. |
|
* @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is |
|
* given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() |
|
* or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new |
|
* association requests while already associating must be rejected. |
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL |
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
|
* @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association |
|
* @crypto: crypto settings |
|
* @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used |
|
* to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request |
|
* do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to |
|
* the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is |
|
* included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request |
|
* frame. |
|
* @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags |
|
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
|
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
|
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
|
* @vht_capa: VHT capability override |
|
* @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use |
|
* @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or |
|
* %NULL if FILS is not used. |
|
* @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets |
|
* @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association |
|
* Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts |
|
* with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. |
|
* @s1g_capa: S1G capability override |
|
* @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_request { |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
|
const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
|
bool use_mfp; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
|
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; |
|
const u8 *fils_kek; |
|
size_t fils_kek_len; |
|
const u8 *fils_nonces; |
|
struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
|
* deauthentication. |
|
* |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from |
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL |
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
|
* @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication |
|
* @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and |
|
* do not set a deauth frame |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_deauth_request { |
|
const u8 *bssid; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
u16 reason_code; |
|
bool local_state_change; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
|
* disassociation. |
|
* |
|
* @bss: the BSS to disassociate from |
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL |
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
|
* @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation |
|
* @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no |
|
* Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
u16 reason_code; |
|
bool local_state_change; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters |
|
* |
|
* This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() |
|
* method. |
|
* |
|
* @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. |
|
* @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. |
|
* @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not |
|
* search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. |
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found |
|
* @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for |
|
* IBSSs to join on other channels. |
|
* @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon |
|
* @ie_len: length of that |
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use |
|
* @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured |
|
* after joining |
|
* @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., |
|
* sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is |
|
* required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by |
|
* user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. |
|
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
|
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
|
* @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. |
|
* changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required |
|
* to operate on DFS channels. |
|
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS |
|
* @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
|
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
|
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
|
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
|
* @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of |
|
* CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys |
|
* @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_ibss_params { |
|
const u8 *ssid; |
|
const u8 *bssid; |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
u8 ssid_len, ie_len; |
|
u16 beacon_interval; |
|
u32 basic_rates; |
|
bool channel_fixed; |
|
bool privacy; |
|
bool control_port; |
|
bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
|
bool userspace_handles_dfs; |
|
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
|
struct key_params *wep_keys; |
|
int wep_tx_key; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. |
|
* |
|
* @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. |
|
* @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. |
|
* @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. |
|
* @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss_selection { |
|
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; |
|
union { |
|
enum nl80211_band band_pref; |
|
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; |
|
} param; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
|
* authentication and association. |
|
* |
|
* @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based |
|
* on scan results) |
|
* @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or |
|
* %NULL if not specified |
|
* @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan |
|
* results) |
|
* @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or |
|
* %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is |
|
* allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS |
|
* to use. |
|
* @ssid: SSID |
|
* @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets |
|
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
|
* @ie: IEs for association request |
|
* @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets |
|
* @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used |
|
* @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used |
|
* @crypto: crypto settings |
|
* @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication |
|
* @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication |
|
* @key: WEP key for shared key authentication |
|
* @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags |
|
* @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds |
|
* or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. |
|
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
|
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
|
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
|
* @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides |
|
* @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. |
|
* @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG |
|
* networks. |
|
* @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. |
|
* @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used |
|
* to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request |
|
* do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to |
|
* the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is |
|
* included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request |
|
* frame. |
|
* @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the |
|
* NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped |
|
* data IE. |
|
* @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. |
|
* @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or |
|
* %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and |
|
* is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. |
|
* @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. |
|
* @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP |
|
* messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. |
|
* @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional |
|
* keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. |
|
* @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. |
|
* @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver |
|
* offload of 4-way handshake. |
|
* @edmg: define the EDMG channels. |
|
* This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver |
|
* to choose from, based on BSS configuration. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; |
|
const u8 *bssid; |
|
const u8 *bssid_hint; |
|
const u8 *ssid; |
|
size_t ssid_len; |
|
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
bool privacy; |
|
enum nl80211_mfp mfp; |
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
|
const u8 *key; |
|
u8 key_len, key_idx; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
int bg_scan_period; |
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
|
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; |
|
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; |
|
bool pbss; |
|
struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; |
|
const u8 *prev_bssid; |
|
const u8 *fils_erp_username; |
|
size_t fils_erp_username_len; |
|
const u8 *fils_erp_realm; |
|
size_t fils_erp_realm_len; |
|
u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; |
|
const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; |
|
size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; |
|
bool want_1x; |
|
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated |
|
* |
|
* This enum provides information of all connect parameters that |
|
* have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. |
|
* |
|
* @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated |
|
* @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, |
|
* username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated |
|
* @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { |
|
UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), |
|
UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), |
|
UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed |
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum |
|
*/ |
|
enum wiphy_params_flags { |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, |
|
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 |
|
|
|
/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ |
|
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 |
|
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 |
|
|
|
/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ |
|
#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association |
|
* |
|
* This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA |
|
* caching. |
|
* |
|
* @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). |
|
* @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. |
|
* @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key |
|
* derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. |
|
* @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on |
|
* the hash algorithm used to generate this. |
|
* @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS |
|
* cache identifier (may be %NULL). |
|
* @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. |
|
* @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the |
|
* scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be |
|
* %NULL). |
|
* @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds |
|
* (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. |
|
* The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after |
|
* expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on |
|
* expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK |
|
* used for it expires. |
|
* @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of |
|
* PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. |
|
* Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using |
|
* this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this |
|
* threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmksa { |
|
const u8 *bssid; |
|
const u8 *pmkid; |
|
const u8 *pmk; |
|
size_t pmk_len; |
|
const u8 *ssid; |
|
size_t ssid_len; |
|
const u8 *cache_id; |
|
u32 pmk_lifetime; |
|
u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern |
|
* @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, |
|
* one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 |
|
* @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 |
|
* @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) |
|
* @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) |
|
* |
|
* Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of |
|
* memory, free @mask only! |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { |
|
const u8 *mask, *pattern; |
|
int pattern_len; |
|
int pkt_offset; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters |
|
* |
|
* @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation |
|
* @src: source IP address |
|
* @dst: destination IP address |
|
* @dst_mac: destination MAC address |
|
* @src_port: source port |
|
* @dst_port: destination port |
|
* @payload_len: data payload length |
|
* @payload: data payload buffer |
|
* @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration |
|
* @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets |
|
* @wake_len: wakeup payload match length |
|
* @wake_data: wakeup payload match data |
|
* @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask |
|
* @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer |
|
* @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { |
|
struct socket *sock; |
|
__be32 src, dst; |
|
u16 src_port, dst_port; |
|
u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
int payload_len; |
|
const u8 *payload; |
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; |
|
u32 data_interval; |
|
u32 wake_len; |
|
const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; |
|
u32 tokens_size; |
|
/* must be last, variable member */ |
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info |
|
* |
|
* This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. |
|
* @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues |
|
* operating as normal during suspend |
|
* @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected |
|
* @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet |
|
* @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern |
|
* @n_patterns: number of patterns |
|
* @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure |
|
* @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet |
|
* @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake |
|
* @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released |
|
* @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. |
|
* NULL if not configured. |
|
* @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan { |
|
bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, |
|
eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, |
|
rfkill_release; |
|
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; |
|
int n_patterns; |
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters |
|
* |
|
* This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. |
|
* @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. |
|
* @condition: condition for packet coalescence. |
|
* see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. |
|
* @patterns: array of packet patterns |
|
* @n_patterns: number of patterns |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { |
|
int delay; |
|
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; |
|
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; |
|
int n_patterns; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings |
|
* |
|
* This structure defines coalescing settings. |
|
* @rules: array of coalesce rules |
|
* @n_rules: number of rules |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce { |
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; |
|
int n_rules; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match |
|
* |
|
* @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up |
|
* @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This |
|
* value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. |
|
* @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match |
|
* occurred (in MHz) |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { |
|
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
|
int n_channels; |
|
u32 channels[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information |
|
* |
|
* @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in |
|
* @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide |
|
* match information. |
|
* @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about |
|
* the matches that triggered the wake up. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { |
|
int n_matches; |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report |
|
* @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected |
|
* @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet |
|
* @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure |
|
* @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet |
|
* @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake |
|
* @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released |
|
* @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern |
|
* @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data |
|
* @packet_len: original wakeup packet length |
|
* @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. |
|
* @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data |
|
* frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for |
|
* disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which |
|
* it is. |
|
* @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received |
|
* @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish |
|
* @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens |
|
* @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { |
|
bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, |
|
eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, |
|
rfkill_release, packet_80211, |
|
tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; |
|
s32 pattern_idx; |
|
u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; |
|
const void *packet; |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data |
|
* @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) |
|
* @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) |
|
* @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) |
|
* @kek_len: length of kek |
|
* @kck_len length of kck |
|
* @akm: akm (oui, id) |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { |
|
const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; |
|
u32 akm; |
|
u8 kek_len, kck_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE |
|
* |
|
* @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value |
|
* @ie: Fast Transition IEs |
|
* @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { |
|
u16 md; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame |
|
* |
|
* @chan: channel to use |
|
* @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required |
|
* @wait: duration for ROC |
|
* @buf: buffer to transmit |
|
* @len: buffer length |
|
* @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame |
|
* @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack |
|
* @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array |
|
* @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
|
bool offchan; |
|
unsigned int wait; |
|
const u8 *buf; |
|
size_t len; |
|
bool no_cck; |
|
bool dont_wait_for_ack; |
|
int n_csa_offsets; |
|
const u16 *csa_offsets; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception |
|
* |
|
* @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition |
|
* @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { |
|
u8 dscp; |
|
u8 up; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority |
|
* |
|
* @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive |
|
* @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_range { |
|
u8 low; |
|
u8 high; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ |
|
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 |
|
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 |
|
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ |
|
(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information |
|
* |
|
* This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values |
|
* |
|
* @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) |
|
* @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from |
|
* the user priority DSCP range definition |
|
* @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_qos_map { |
|
u8 num_des; |
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; |
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration |
|
* |
|
* This struct defines NAN configuration parameters |
|
* |
|
* @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) |
|
* @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. |
|
* For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set |
|
* (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf { |
|
u8 master_pref; |
|
u8 bands; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN |
|
* configuration |
|
* |
|
* @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference |
|
* @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { |
|
CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), |
|
CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter |
|
* |
|
* @filter: the content of the filter |
|
* @len: the length of the filter |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { |
|
const u8 *filter; |
|
u8 len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function |
|
* |
|
* @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type |
|
* @service_id: the service ID of the function |
|
* @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type |
|
* @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is |
|
* implementation specific. |
|
* @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted |
|
* @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active |
|
* @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up |
|
* @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up |
|
* @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up |
|
* @ttl: time to live counter in DW. |
|
* @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info |
|
* @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length |
|
* @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive |
|
* @srf_bf: Bloom Filter |
|
* @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length |
|
* @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index |
|
* @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses |
|
* @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF |
|
* @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter |
|
* @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. |
|
* @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. |
|
* @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. |
|
* @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. |
|
* @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func { |
|
enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; |
|
u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; |
|
u8 publish_type; |
|
bool close_range; |
|
bool publish_bcast; |
|
bool subscribe_active; |
|
u8 followup_id; |
|
u8 followup_reqid; |
|
struct mac_address followup_dest; |
|
u32 ttl; |
|
const u8 *serv_spec_info; |
|
u8 serv_spec_info_len; |
|
bool srf_include; |
|
const u8 *srf_bf; |
|
u8 srf_bf_len; |
|
u8 srf_bf_idx; |
|
struct mac_address *srf_macs; |
|
int srf_num_macs; |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; |
|
u8 num_tx_filters; |
|
u8 num_rx_filters; |
|
u8 instance_id; |
|
u64 cookie; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration |
|
* |
|
* @aa: authenticator address |
|
* @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. |
|
* @pmk: the PMK material |
|
* @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK |
|
* is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field |
|
* holds PMK-R0. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { |
|
const u8 *aa; |
|
u8 pmk_len; |
|
const u8 *pmk; |
|
const u8 *pmk_r0_name; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. |
|
* |
|
* Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. |
|
* |
|
* @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant |
|
* for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). |
|
* @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has |
|
* to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and |
|
* authentication response command interface. |
|
* @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and |
|
* authentication response command interface. |
|
* @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the |
|
* authentication request event interface. |
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, |
|
* use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you |
|
* the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication |
|
* response command interface (user space to driver). |
|
* @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { |
|
enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; |
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
|
unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; |
|
u16 status; |
|
const u8 *pmkid; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics |
|
* |
|
* @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to |
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct for them |
|
* @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully |
|
* answered |
|
* @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were |
|
* successfully answered |
|
* @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions |
|
* @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions |
|
* @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions |
|
* @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication |
|
* of how much time the responder was busy |
|
* @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from |
|
* initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with |
|
* the responder |
|
* @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks |
|
* for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot |
|
* @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { |
|
u32 filled; |
|
u32 success_num; |
|
u32 partial_num; |
|
u32 failed_num; |
|
u32 asap_num; |
|
u32 non_asap_num; |
|
u64 total_duration_ms; |
|
u32 unknown_triggers_num; |
|
u32 reschedule_requests_num; |
|
u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result |
|
* @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is |
|
* %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise |
|
* reason than just "failure" |
|
* @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index |
|
* in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported |
|
* @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted |
|
* @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked |
|
* @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, |
|
* fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible |
|
* by the responder |
|
* @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated |
|
* @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated |
|
* @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated |
|
* @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) |
|
* @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) |
|
* @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) |
|
* @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) |
|
* @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported |
|
* @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported |
|
* @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response |
|
* @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame |
|
* @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) |
|
* @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is |
|
* the square root of the variance) |
|
* @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured |
|
* @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured |
|
* (must have either this or @rtt_avg) |
|
* @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) |
|
* @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) |
|
* @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid |
|
* @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid |
|
* @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid |
|
* @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid |
|
* @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid |
|
* @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid |
|
* @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid |
|
* @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid |
|
* @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid |
|
* @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid |
|
* @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid |
|
* @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { |
|
const u8 *lci; |
|
const u8 *civicloc; |
|
unsigned int lci_len; |
|
unsigned int civicloc_len; |
|
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; |
|
u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; |
|
s16 burst_index; |
|
u8 busy_retry_time; |
|
u8 num_bursts_exp; |
|
u8 burst_duration; |
|
u8 ftms_per_burst; |
|
s32 rssi_avg; |
|
s32 rssi_spread; |
|
struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; |
|
s64 rtt_avg; |
|
s64 rtt_variance; |
|
s64 rtt_spread; |
|
s64 dist_avg; |
|
s64 dist_variance; |
|
s64 dist_spread; |
|
|
|
u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, |
|
num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, |
|
rssi_avg_valid:1, |
|
rssi_spread_valid:1, |
|
tx_rate_valid:1, |
|
rx_rate_valid:1, |
|
rtt_avg_valid:1, |
|
rtt_variance_valid:1, |
|
rtt_spread_valid:1, |
|
dist_avg_valid:1, |
|
dist_variance_valid:1, |
|
dist_spread_valid:1; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result |
|
* @addr: address of the peer |
|
* @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the |
|
* measurement was made) |
|
* @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time |
|
* @status: status of the measurement |
|
* @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not |
|
* reporting partial results always set this flag |
|
* @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid |
|
* @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting |
|
* one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and |
|
* they're all aggregated for userspace. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { |
|
u64 host_time, ap_tsf; |
|
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; |
|
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
|
|
u8 final:1, |
|
ap_tsf_valid:1; |
|
|
|
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; |
|
|
|
union { |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; |
|
}; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data |
|
* @requested: indicates FTM is requested |
|
* @preamble: frame preamble to use |
|
* @burst_period: burst period to use |
|
* @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode |
|
* @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent |
|
* @burst_duration: burst duration |
|
* @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst |
|
* @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request |
|
* @request_lci: request LCI information |
|
* @request_civicloc: request civic location information |
|
* @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement |
|
* If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, |
|
* EDCA based ranging will be used. |
|
* @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement |
|
* If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, |
|
* EDCA based ranging will be used. |
|
* @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either |
|
* @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. |
|
* @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to |
|
* indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if |
|
* @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. |
|
* |
|
* See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { |
|
enum nl80211_preamble preamble; |
|
u16 burst_period; |
|
u8 requested:1, |
|
asap:1, |
|
request_lci:1, |
|
request_civicloc:1, |
|
trigger_based:1, |
|
non_trigger_based:1, |
|
lmr_feedback:1; |
|
u8 num_bursts_exp; |
|
u8 burst_duration; |
|
u8 ftms_per_burst; |
|
u8 ftmr_retries; |
|
u8 bss_color; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request |
|
* @addr: MAC address |
|
* @chandef: channel to use |
|
* @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF |
|
* @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { |
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
u8 report_ap_tsf:1; |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request |
|
* @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 |
|
* @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 |
|
* @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, |
|
* not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 |
|
* @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request |
|
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that |
|
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
|
* be taken from the @mac_addr |
|
* @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request |
|
* @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if |
|
* zero it means there's no timeout |
|
* @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with |
|
* @peers: per-peer measurement request data |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { |
|
u64 cookie; |
|
void *drv_data; |
|
u32 n_peers; |
|
u32 nl_portid; |
|
|
|
u32 timeout; |
|
|
|
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
|
|
struct list_head list; |
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information |
|
* |
|
* This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE |
|
* (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. |
|
* |
|
* Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. |
|
* |
|
* @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing |
|
* has to be done. |
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info |
|
* processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space |
|
* cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for |
|
* OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). |
|
* @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are |
|
* the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and |
|
* the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. |
|
* @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { |
|
u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
|
u16 status; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data |
|
* @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered |
|
* for the entire device |
|
* @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered |
|
* for the given interface |
|
* @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes |
|
* @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface |
|
* for these subtypes |
|
*/ |
|
struct mgmt_frame_regs { |
|
u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; |
|
u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration |
|
* |
|
* This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks |
|
* in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. |
|
* |
|
* All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 |
|
* on success or a negative error code. |
|
* |
|
* All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be |
|
* held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied |
|
* upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, |
|
* the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. |
|
* |
|
* @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will |
|
* be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are |
|
* configured for the device. |
|
* @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed |
|
* @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback |
|
* to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from |
|
* the device. |
|
* |
|
* @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, |
|
* must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create |
|
* the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct |
|
* wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must |
|
* also set the address member in the wdev. |
|
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
|
* |
|
* @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface |
|
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
|
* |
|
* @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, |
|
* keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. |
|
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
|
* |
|
* @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL |
|
* when adding a group key. |
|
* |
|
* @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. |
|
* @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group |
|
* key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid |
|
* after it returns. This function should return an error if it is |
|
* not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. |
|
* |
|
* @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) |
|
* and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. |
|
* |
|
* @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface |
|
* |
|
* @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface |
|
* |
|
* @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface |
|
* |
|
* @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver |
|
* |
|
* @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. |
|
* @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode |
|
* interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. |
|
* @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. |
|
* |
|
* @add_station: Add a new station. |
|
* @del_station: Remove a station |
|
* @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much |
|
* validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags |
|
* might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check |
|
* them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call |
|
* cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. |
|
* @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac |
|
* @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
|
* |
|
* @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path |
|
* @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path |
|
* @change_mpath: change a given mesh path |
|
* @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters |
|
* @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
|
* @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters |
|
* @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
|
* @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* |
|
* @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration |
|
* |
|
* @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. |
|
* The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to |
|
* set, and which to leave alone. |
|
* |
|
* @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. |
|
* |
|
* @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters |
|
* |
|
* @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, |
|
* as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to |
|
* join the mesh instead. |
|
* |
|
* @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other |
|
* interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. |
|
* If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should |
|
* be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. |
|
* |
|
* @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given |
|
* the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). |
|
* For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside |
|
* the scan/scan_done bracket too. |
|
* @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall |
|
* indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). |
|
* |
|
* @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* |
|
* @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, |
|
* call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code |
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call |
|
* cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code |
|
* from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code |
|
* was received. |
|
* The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the |
|
* other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated |
|
* by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches |
|
* the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request |
|
* frame instead of Association Request frame. |
|
* The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a |
|
* specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid |
|
* parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an |
|
* indication of requesting reassociation. |
|
* In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming |
|
* cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to |
|
* cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a |
|
* BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for |
|
* subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the |
|
* Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not |
|
* request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current |
|
* BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in |
|
* changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if |
|
* connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in |
|
* case connection was already established (invoked with the |
|
* wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). |
|
* |
|
* @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call |
|
* cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due |
|
* to a merge. |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* |
|
* @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or |
|
* MESH mode) |
|
* |
|
* @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; |
|
* @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values |
|
* have changed. The actual parameter values are available in |
|
* struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. |
|
* |
|
* @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, |
|
* the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The |
|
* wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will |
|
* always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power |
|
* (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) |
|
* @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; |
|
* return 0 if successful |
|
* |
|
* @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting |
|
* functions to adjust rfkill hw state |
|
* |
|
* @dump_survey: get site survey information. |
|
* |
|
* @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified |
|
* channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel |
|
* operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is |
|
* ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event |
|
* notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). |
|
* @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. |
|
* This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on |
|
* the duration value. |
|
* @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. |
|
* @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management |
|
* frame on another channel |
|
* |
|
* @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL |
|
* @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be |
|
* used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, |
|
* return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the |
|
* dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data |
|
* was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present |
|
* and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. |
|
* |
|
* @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration |
|
* |
|
* @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac |
|
* devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association |
|
* RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. |
|
* @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. |
|
* @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. |
|
* @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 |
|
* allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. |
|
* @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. |
|
* After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating |
|
* the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may |
|
* need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being |
|
* disabled.) |
|
* @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the |
|
* connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the |
|
* signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should |
|
* set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. |
|
* If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. |
|
* @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error |
|
* thresholds. |
|
* @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. |
|
* @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with |
|
* given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready |
|
* for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be |
|
* called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. |
|
* The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested |
|
* stop (when this method returns 0). |
|
* |
|
* @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame |
|
* registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. |
|
* |
|
* @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
|
* Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may |
|
* reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL |
|
* (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). |
|
* |
|
* @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). |
|
* |
|
* @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. |
|
* @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). |
|
* |
|
* @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it |
|
* later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). |
|
* |
|
* @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. |
|
* |
|
* @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. |
|
* For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single |
|
* current monitoring channel. |
|
* |
|
* @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. |
|
* @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. |
|
* |
|
* @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. |
|
* Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations |
|
* and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver |
|
* this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL |
|
* when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which |
|
* advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. |
|
* |
|
* @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. |
|
* |
|
* @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC |
|
* was finished on another phy. |
|
* |
|
* @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the |
|
* driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be |
|
* used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. |
|
* |
|
* @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability |
|
* for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the |
|
* driver can take the most appropriate actions. |
|
* @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link |
|
* reliability. This operation can not fail. |
|
* @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. |
|
* |
|
* @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is |
|
* responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is |
|
* inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later |
|
* with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept |
|
* everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them |
|
* as soon as possible. |
|
* |
|
* @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver |
|
* |
|
* @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the |
|
* given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width |
|
* changes during the lifetime of the BSS. |
|
* |
|
* @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device |
|
* with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by |
|
* userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into |
|
* account. |
|
* If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure |
|
* the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return |
|
* success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake |
|
* with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later |
|
* rejected) |
|
* @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS |
|
* |
|
* @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* |
|
* @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver |
|
* is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations |
|
* and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. |
|
* @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both |
|
* peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. |
|
* @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. |
|
* @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. |
|
* @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. |
|
* On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and |
|
* it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver |
|
* should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling |
|
* cfg80211_free_nan_func(). |
|
* On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the |
|
* provided @nan_func. |
|
* @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. |
|
* @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must |
|
* be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); |
|
* All other parameters must be ignored. |
|
* |
|
* @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS |
|
* |
|
* @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this |
|
* function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. |
|
* |
|
* @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. |
|
* If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect |
|
* upon which the driver should clear it. |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. |
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
|
* |
|
* @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from |
|
* user space |
|
* |
|
* @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter |
|
* tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. |
|
* |
|
* @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. |
|
* Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. |
|
* @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) |
|
* @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement |
|
* |
|
* @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME |
|
* but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated |
|
* DH IE through this interface. |
|
* |
|
* @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame |
|
* and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. |
|
* @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific |
|
* This callback may sleep. |
|
* @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the |
|
* given TIDs. This callback may sleep. |
|
* |
|
* @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_ops { |
|
int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); |
|
int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); |
|
|
|
struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
const char *name, |
|
unsigned char name_assign_type, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype type, |
|
struct vif_params *params); |
|
int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype type, |
|
struct vif_params *params); |
|
|
|
int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
|
u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
struct key_params *params); |
|
int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
|
u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
void *cookie, |
|
void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); |
|
int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
|
u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); |
|
int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *netdev, |
|
u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); |
|
int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *netdev, |
|
u8 key_index); |
|
int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *netdev, |
|
u8 key_index); |
|
|
|
int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); |
|
int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); |
|
int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
|
|
|
|
|
int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *mac, |
|
struct station_parameters *params); |
|
int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct station_del_parameters *params); |
|
int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *mac, |
|
struct station_parameters *params); |
|
int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); |
|
int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); |
|
|
|
int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); |
|
int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *dst); |
|
int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); |
|
int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
|
int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, |
|
struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
|
int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
|
int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, |
|
struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
|
int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct mesh_config *conf); |
|
int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, |
|
const struct mesh_config *nconf); |
|
int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const struct mesh_config *conf, |
|
const struct mesh_setup *setup); |
|
int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
|
|
|
int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct ocb_setup *setup); |
|
int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
|
|
|
int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct bss_parameters *params); |
|
|
|
int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); |
|
|
|
int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan); |
|
|
|
int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
|
|
|
int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); |
|
void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
|
|
int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); |
|
int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); |
|
int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); |
|
int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); |
|
|
|
int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); |
|
int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, |
|
u32 changed); |
|
int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
u16 reason_code); |
|
|
|
int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); |
|
int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
|
|
|
int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); |
|
|
|
int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); |
|
|
|
int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); |
|
int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
int *dbm); |
|
|
|
void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
|
int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
void *data, int len); |
|
int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, |
|
struct netlink_callback *cb, |
|
void *data, int len); |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *peer, |
|
const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); |
|
|
|
int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
|
int idx, struct survey_info *info); |
|
|
|
int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); |
|
int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); |
|
int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); |
|
|
|
int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
|
unsigned int duration, |
|
u64 *cookie); |
|
int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
u64 cookie); |
|
|
|
int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, |
|
u64 *cookie); |
|
int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
u64 cookie); |
|
|
|
int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
bool enabled, int timeout); |
|
|
|
int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); |
|
|
|
int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); |
|
|
|
int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); |
|
|
|
void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); |
|
|
|
int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
|
int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); |
|
|
|
int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); |
|
int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
u64 reqid); |
|
|
|
int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); |
|
|
|
int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, |
|
u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, |
|
bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
|
int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); |
|
|
|
int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); |
|
|
|
int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
u16 noack_map); |
|
|
|
int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
|
|
|
int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
|
|
int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); |
|
|
|
int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
u32 cac_time_ms); |
|
void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev); |
|
int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); |
|
int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, |
|
u16 duration); |
|
void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); |
|
|
|
int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); |
|
|
|
int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); |
|
|
|
int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
|
|
|
int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, |
|
u16 admitted_time); |
|
int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); |
|
|
|
int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
|
void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *addr); |
|
int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); |
|
void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); |
|
void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
u64 cookie); |
|
int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, |
|
u32 changes); |
|
|
|
int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
const bool enabled); |
|
|
|
int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); |
|
|
|
int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); |
|
int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *aa); |
|
int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); |
|
|
|
int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
|
const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, |
|
const bool noencrypt, |
|
u64 *cookie); |
|
|
|
int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); |
|
|
|
int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
|
void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
|
int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); |
|
int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
|
int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); |
|
int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *peer, u8 tids); |
|
int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures |
|
* and registration/helper functions |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags |
|
* |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split |
|
* into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this |
|
* wiphy at all |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled |
|
* by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default |
|
* on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good |
|
* reason to override the default |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station |
|
* on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of |
|
* supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the |
|
* control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the |
|
* control_port_no_encrypt flag. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing |
|
* auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the |
|
* firmware. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) |
|
* link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and |
|
* teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT |
|
* command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be |
|
* used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes |
|
* when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling |
|
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device |
|
* responds to probe-requests in hardware. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in |
|
* beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation |
|
* before connection. |
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys |
|
*/ |
|
enum wiphy_flags { |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), |
|
/* use hole at 1 */ |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), |
|
/* use hole at 11 */ |
|
/* use hole at 12 */ |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), |
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types |
|
* @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types |
|
* @types: interface types (bits) |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_iface_limit { |
|
u16 max; |
|
u16 types; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination |
|
* |
|
* With this structure the driver can describe which interface |
|
* combinations it supports concurrently. |
|
* |
|
* Examples: |
|
* |
|
* 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: |
|
* |
|
* .. code-block:: c |
|
* |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { |
|
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, |
|
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, |
|
* }; |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { |
|
* .limits = limits1, |
|
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), |
|
* .max_interfaces = 2, |
|
* .beacon_int_infra_match = true, |
|
* }; |
|
* |
|
* |
|
* 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: |
|
* |
|
* .. code-block:: c |
|
* |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { |
|
* { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | |
|
* BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, |
|
* }; |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { |
|
* .limits = limits2, |
|
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), |
|
* .max_interfaces = 8, |
|
* .num_different_channels = 1, |
|
* }; |
|
* |
|
* |
|
* 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. |
|
* |
|
* This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. |
|
* |
|
* .. code-block:: c |
|
* |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { |
|
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, |
|
* { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | |
|
* BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, |
|
* }; |
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { |
|
* .limits = limits3, |
|
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), |
|
* .max_interfaces = 4, |
|
* .num_different_channels = 2, |
|
* }; |
|
* |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_iface_combination { |
|
/** |
|
* @limits: |
|
* limits for the given interface types |
|
*/ |
|
const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @num_different_channels: |
|
* can use up to this many different channels |
|
*/ |
|
u32 num_different_channels; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @max_interfaces: |
|
* maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group |
|
*/ |
|
u16 max_interfaces; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @n_limits: |
|
* number of limitations |
|
*/ |
|
u8 n_limits; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @beacon_int_infra_match: |
|
* In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure |
|
* and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. |
|
*/ |
|
bool beacon_int_infra_match; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @radar_detect_widths: |
|
* bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection |
|
*/ |
|
u8 radar_detect_widths; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @radar_detect_regions: |
|
* bitmap of regions supported for radar detection |
|
*/ |
|
u8 radar_detect_regions; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* @beacon_int_min_gcd: |
|
* This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. |
|
* |
|
* = 0 |
|
* all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. |
|
* > 0 |
|
* any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND |
|
* GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this |
|
* combination must be greater or equal to this value. |
|
*/ |
|
u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { |
|
u16 tx, rx; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" |
|
* trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and |
|
* wakes up the host on any activity, for example a |
|
* received packet that passed filtering; note that the |
|
* packet should be preserved in that case |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet |
|
* (see nl80211.h) |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release |
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection |
|
*/ |
|
enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), |
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { |
|
const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; |
|
u32 data_payload_max; |
|
u32 data_interval_max; |
|
u32 wake_payload_max; |
|
bool seq; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data |
|
* @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags |
|
* @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns |
|
* (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) |
|
* @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern |
|
* @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern |
|
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
|
* @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, |
|
* similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for |
|
* scheduled scans. |
|
* See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more |
|
* details. |
|
* @tcp: TCP wakeup support information |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy_wowlan_support { |
|
u32 flags; |
|
int n_patterns; |
|
int pattern_max_len; |
|
int pattern_min_len; |
|
int max_pkt_offset; |
|
int max_nd_match_sets; |
|
const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data |
|
* @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules |
|
* @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs |
|
* @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule |
|
* (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) |
|
* @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern |
|
* @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern |
|
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy_coalesce_support { |
|
int n_rules; |
|
int max_delay; |
|
int n_patterns; |
|
int pattern_max_len; |
|
int pattern_min_len; |
|
int max_pkt_offset; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands |
|
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev |
|
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev |
|
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running |
|
* (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) |
|
*/ |
|
enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { |
|
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), |
|
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), |
|
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags |
|
* |
|
* @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed |
|
* @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed |
|
* @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed |
|
* |
|
*/ |
|
enum wiphy_opmode_flag { |
|
STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), |
|
STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), |
|
STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information |
|
* @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag |
|
* @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station |
|
* @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station |
|
* @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
struct sta_opmode_info { |
|
u32 changed; |
|
enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
|
enum nl80211_chan_width bw; |
|
u8 rx_nss; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition |
|
* @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 |
|
* @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags |
|
* @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the |
|
* flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data |
|
* pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all |
|
* @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The |
|
* @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple |
|
* dumpit calls. |
|
* @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. |
|
* Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the |
|
* attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). |
|
* @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy |
|
* It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and |
|
* @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others |
|
* are used with dump requests. |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy_vendor_command { |
|
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; |
|
u32 flags; |
|
int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
const void *data, int data_len); |
|
int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, |
|
unsigned long *storage); |
|
const struct nla_policy *policy; |
|
unsigned int maxattr; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type |
|
* @iftype: interface type |
|
* @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, |
|
* additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the |
|
* 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are |
|
* in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std |
|
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. |
|
* @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values |
|
* @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype; |
|
const u8 *extended_capabilities; |
|
const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; |
|
u8 extended_capabilities_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities |
|
* @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement |
|
* @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement |
|
* @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement |
|
* @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported |
|
* @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported |
|
* @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported |
|
* @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data |
|
* @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data |
|
* @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) |
|
* @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) |
|
* @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported |
|
* (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily |
|
* forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) |
|
* @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if |
|
* not limited) |
|
* @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
|
* @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { |
|
unsigned int max_peers; |
|
u8 report_ap_tsf:1, |
|
randomize_mac_addr:1; |
|
|
|
struct { |
|
u32 preambles; |
|
u32 bandwidths; |
|
s8 max_bursts_exponent; |
|
u8 max_ftms_per_burst; |
|
u8 supported:1, |
|
asap:1, |
|
non_asap:1, |
|
request_lci:1, |
|
request_civicloc:1, |
|
trigger_based:1, |
|
non_trigger_based:1; |
|
} ftm; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm |
|
* suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the |
|
* @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. |
|
* |
|
* @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types |
|
* @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites |
|
* @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { |
|
u16 iftypes_mask; |
|
const u32 *akm_suites; |
|
int n_akm_suites; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wiphy - wireless hardware description |
|
* @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device |
|
* @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, |
|
* note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() |
|
* the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL |
|
* @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via |
|
* the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver |
|
* on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future |
|
* regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. |
|
* @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. |
|
* @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites |
|
* @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites |
|
* @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if |
|
* the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in |
|
* iftype_akm_suites. |
|
* @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites |
|
* @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. |
|
* Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot |
|
* overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all |
|
* instances of iftype_akm_suites). |
|
* @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm |
|
* suites are specified separately. |
|
* @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) |
|
* @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) |
|
* @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); |
|
* -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used |
|
* @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled |
|
* @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in |
|
* @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device |
|
* @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, |
|
* set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last |
|
* four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual |
|
* variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with |
|
* interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. |
|
* @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. |
|
* @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer |
|
* to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used |
|
* by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to |
|
* all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle |
|
* the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. |
|
* @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against |
|
* unregister hardware |
|
* @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). |
|
* It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames |
|
* @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in |
|
* /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() |
|
* (see below). |
|
* @wext: wireless extension handlers |
|
* @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) |
|
* @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, |
|
* must be set by driver |
|
* @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not |
|
* list single interface types. |
|
* @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. |
|
* @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not |
|
* subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. |
|
* @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags |
|
* @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see |
|
* &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags |
|
* @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. |
|
* @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see |
|
* &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. |
|
* @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, |
|
* this variable determines its size |
|
* @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in |
|
* any given scan |
|
* @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that |
|
* the device can run concurrently. |
|
* @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan |
|
* for in any given scheduled scan |
|
* @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle |
|
* when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not |
|
* supported. |
|
* @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can |
|
* add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not |
|
* include fixed IEs like supported rates |
|
* @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled |
|
* scans |
|
* @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number |
|
* of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. |
|
* @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a |
|
* single scan plan supported by the device. |
|
* @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single |
|
* scan plan supported by the device. |
|
* @coverage_class: current coverage class |
|
* @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting |
|
* @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting |
|
* @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device |
|
* @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary |
|
* wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers |
|
* @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device |
|
* |
|
* @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or |
|
* transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface |
|
* type |
|
* |
|
* @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be |
|
* configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be |
|
* rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. |
|
* |
|
* @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be |
|
* configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be |
|
* rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. |
|
* |
|
* @probe_resp_offload: |
|
* Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. |
|
* See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid |
|
* when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. |
|
* |
|
* @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation |
|
* may request, if implemented. |
|
* |
|
* @wowlan: WoWLAN support information |
|
* @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be |
|
* used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed |
|
* to the suspend() operation instead. |
|
* |
|
* @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. |
|
* @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. |
|
* If null, then none can be over-ridden. |
|
* @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. |
|
* If null, then none can be over-ridden. |
|
* |
|
* @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must |
|
* not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. |
|
* |
|
* @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device |
|
* supports for ACL. |
|
* |
|
* @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, |
|
* additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are |
|
* the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") |
|
* and are in the same format as in the information element. See |
|
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default |
|
* extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified |
|
* for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. |
|
* @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values |
|
* @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities |
|
* @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type |
|
* @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended |
|
* capabilities are specified separately. |
|
* @coalesce: packet coalescing support information |
|
* |
|
* @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware |
|
* @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands |
|
* @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware |
|
* @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events |
|
* |
|
* @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode |
|
* (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The |
|
* driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in |
|
* some cases, but may not always reach. |
|
* |
|
* @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons |
|
* and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver |
|
* wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means |
|
* infinite. |
|
* @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported |
|
* by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the |
|
* attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. |
|
* |
|
* @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a |
|
* bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for |
|
* NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set |
|
* (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). |
|
* |
|
* @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit |
|
* @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit |
|
* @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum |
|
* |
|
* @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using |
|
* wake_tx_queue |
|
* |
|
* @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP |
|
* @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not |
|
* HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. |
|
* @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. |
|
* |
|
* @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities |
|
* |
|
* @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the |
|
* device has |
|
* @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) |
|
* supported by the driver for each vif |
|
* @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) |
|
* supported by the driver for each peer |
|
* @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for |
|
* long/short retry configuration |
|
* |
|
* @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for |
|
* configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and |
|
* %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes |
|
* @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities |
|
* @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy { |
|
struct mutex mtx; |
|
|
|
/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ |
|
|
|
u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
|
|
struct mac_address *addresses; |
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; |
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; |
|
int n_iface_combinations; |
|
u16 software_iftypes; |
|
|
|
u16 n_addresses; |
|
|
|
/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ |
|
u16 interface_modes; |
|
|
|
u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; |
|
|
|
u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; |
|
u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; |
|
|
|
u32 ap_sme_capa; |
|
|
|
enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; |
|
|
|
int bss_priv_size; |
|
u8 max_scan_ssids; |
|
u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; |
|
u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; |
|
u8 max_match_sets; |
|
u16 max_scan_ie_len; |
|
u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; |
|
u32 max_sched_scan_plans; |
|
u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; |
|
u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; |
|
|
|
int n_cipher_suites; |
|
const u32 *cipher_suites; |
|
|
|
int n_akm_suites; |
|
const u32 *akm_suites; |
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; |
|
unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; |
|
|
|
u8 retry_short; |
|
u8 retry_long; |
|
u32 frag_threshold; |
|
u32 rts_threshold; |
|
u8 coverage_class; |
|
|
|
char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; |
|
u32 hw_version; |
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_PM |
|
const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; |
|
|
|
u8 max_num_pmkids; |
|
|
|
u32 available_antennas_tx; |
|
u32 available_antennas_rx; |
|
|
|
u32 probe_resp_offload; |
|
|
|
const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; |
|
u8 extended_capabilities_len; |
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; |
|
unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; |
|
|
|
const void *privid; |
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
|
|
|
void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct regulatory_request *request); |
|
|
|
/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ |
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; |
|
|
|
struct device dev; |
|
|
|
bool registered; |
|
|
|
struct dentry *debugfsdir; |
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; |
|
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; |
|
|
|
struct list_head wdev_list; |
|
|
|
possible_net_t _net; |
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT |
|
const struct iw_handler_def *wext; |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; |
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; |
|
const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; |
|
int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; |
|
|
|
u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; |
|
|
|
u8 max_num_csa_counters; |
|
|
|
u32 bss_select_support; |
|
|
|
u8 nan_supported_bands; |
|
|
|
u32 txq_limit; |
|
u32 txq_memory_limit; |
|
u32 txq_quantum; |
|
|
|
unsigned long tx_queue_len; |
|
|
|
u8 support_mbssid:1, |
|
support_only_he_mbssid:1; |
|
|
|
const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; |
|
|
|
struct { |
|
u64 peer, vif; |
|
u8 max_retry; |
|
} tid_config_support; |
|
|
|
u8 max_data_retry_count; |
|
|
|
const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; |
|
|
|
struct rfkill *rfkill; |
|
|
|
char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); |
|
}; |
|
|
|
static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
{ |
|
return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) |
|
{ |
|
write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return |
|
* Return: The priv of @wiphy. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
{ |
|
BUG_ON(!wiphy); |
|
return &wiphy->priv; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv |
|
* |
|
* @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv |
|
* Return: The wiphy of @priv. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) |
|
{ |
|
BUG_ON(!priv); |
|
return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind |
|
* @dev: The device to parent it to |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) |
|
{ |
|
wiphy->dev.parent = dev; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up |
|
* Return: The dev of @wiphy. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
{ |
|
return wiphy->dev.parent; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_name - get wiphy name |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return |
|
* Return: The name of @wiphy. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
{ |
|
return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 |
|
* |
|
* @ops: The configuration operations for this device |
|
* @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate |
|
* @requested_name: Request a particular name. |
|
* NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. |
|
* |
|
* Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. |
|
* @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be |
|
* assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. |
|
*/ |
|
struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, |
|
const char *requested_name); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 |
|
* |
|
* @ops: The configuration operations for this device |
|
* @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate |
|
* |
|
* Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. |
|
* @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be |
|
* assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, |
|
int sizeof_priv) |
|
{ |
|
return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy to register. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. |
|
*/ |
|
int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ |
|
#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on |
|
* @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing |
|
* |
|
* Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() |
|
* or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). |
|
*/ |
|
#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ |
|
rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on |
|
* @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing |
|
* |
|
* Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the |
|
* READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. |
|
*/ |
|
#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ |
|
rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from |
|
*/ |
|
const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. |
|
* |
|
* After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv |
|
* pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding |
|
* request that is being handled. |
|
*/ |
|
void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_free - free wiphy |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy to free |
|
*/ |
|
void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/* internal structs */ |
|
struct cfg80211_conn; |
|
struct cfg80211_internal_bss; |
|
struct cfg80211_cached_keys; |
|
struct cfg80211_cqm_config; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to lock |
|
* |
|
* This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and |
|
* unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, |
|
* since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is |
|
* called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. |
|
* |
|
* When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
__acquires(&wiphy->mtx) |
|
{ |
|
mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); |
|
__acquire(&wiphy->mtx); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
__releases(&wiphy->mtx) |
|
{ |
|
__release(&wiphy->mtx); |
|
mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct wireless_dev - wireless device state |
|
* |
|
* For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver |
|
* that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this |
|
* is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) |
|
* It need not be registered then as netdev registration will |
|
* be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, |
|
* however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or |
|
* unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops |
|
* called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) |
|
* |
|
* For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver |
|
* in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as |
|
* there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be |
|
* allocated outside of callback operations that return it. |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: pointer to hardware description |
|
* @iftype: interface type |
|
* @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 |
|
* @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock |
|
* for the notifier |
|
* @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces |
|
* @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL |
|
* @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this |
|
* wireless device if it has no netdev |
|
* @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
|
* @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track |
|
* the user-set channel definition. |
|
* @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to |
|
* track the channel to be used for AP later |
|
* @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
|
* @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
|
* @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
|
* @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
|
* @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
|
* @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code |
|
* @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling |
|
* @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data |
|
* @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data |
|
* @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association |
|
* @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements |
|
* @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID |
|
* @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID |
|
* @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index |
|
* @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index |
|
* @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation |
|
* @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity |
|
* @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be |
|
* set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the |
|
* netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update |
|
* by cfg80211 on change_interface |
|
* @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames |
|
* @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list |
|
* @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, |
|
* need to propagate the update to the driver |
|
* @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers |
|
* and some API functions require it held |
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting |
|
* beacons, 0 when not valid |
|
* @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL |
|
* @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. |
|
* the P2P Device. |
|
* @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started |
|
* @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. |
|
* @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms |
|
* @ps: powersave mode is enabled |
|
* @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout |
|
* @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application |
|
* registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) |
|
* @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data |
|
* @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established |
|
* @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type |
|
* @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID |
|
* @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work |
|
* @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect |
|
* @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID |
|
* @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel |
|
* @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing |
|
* @event_lock: (private) lock for event list |
|
* @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID |
|
* @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away |
|
* @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state |
|
* @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests |
|
* @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock |
|
* @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work |
|
* @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last |
|
* unprotected beacon report |
|
*/ |
|
struct wireless_dev { |
|
struct wiphy *wiphy; |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype; |
|
|
|
/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ |
|
struct list_head list; |
|
struct net_device *netdev; |
|
|
|
u32 identifier; |
|
|
|
struct list_head mgmt_registrations; |
|
spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; |
|
u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; |
|
|
|
struct mutex mtx; |
|
|
|
bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; |
|
|
|
u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); |
|
|
|
/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ |
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
|
u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; |
|
struct cfg80211_conn *conn; |
|
struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; |
|
enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; |
|
u32 conn_owner_nlportid; |
|
|
|
struct work_struct disconnect_wk; |
|
u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
|
|
struct list_head event_list; |
|
spinlock_t event_lock; |
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
|
|
|
bool ibss_fixed; |
|
bool ibss_dfs_possible; |
|
|
|
bool ps; |
|
int ps_timeout; |
|
|
|
int beacon_interval; |
|
|
|
u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; |
|
|
|
u32 owner_nlportid; |
|
bool nl_owner_dead; |
|
|
|
bool cac_started; |
|
unsigned long cac_start_time; |
|
unsigned int cac_time_ms; |
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT |
|
/* wext data */ |
|
struct { |
|
struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; |
|
struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; |
|
const u8 *ie; |
|
size_t ie_len; |
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
|
s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; |
|
bool prev_bssid_valid; |
|
} wext; |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; |
|
|
|
struct list_head pmsr_list; |
|
spinlock_t pmsr_lock; |
|
struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; |
|
|
|
unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
|
{ |
|
if (wdev->netdev) |
|
return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; |
|
return wdev->address; |
|
} |
|
|
|
static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
|
{ |
|
if (wdev->netdev) |
|
return netif_running(wdev->netdev); |
|
return wdev->is_running; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev |
|
* |
|
* @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return |
|
* Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
|
{ |
|
BUG_ON(!wdev); |
|
return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Utility functions |
|
* |
|
* cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel |
|
* |
|
* @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel |
|
* @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel |
|
* Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b |
|
*/ |
|
static inline bool |
|
ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *b) |
|
{ |
|
return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && |
|
a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz |
|
* @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert |
|
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) |
|
*/ |
|
static inline u32 |
|
ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) |
|
{ |
|
return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan |
|
* |
|
* Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ |
|
* @chan: channel |
|
* Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq |
|
*/ |
|
enum nl80211_chan_width |
|
ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency |
|
* @chan: channel number |
|
* @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap |
|
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. |
|
*/ |
|
u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency |
|
* @chan: channel number |
|
* @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap |
|
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline int |
|
ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) |
|
{ |
|
return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number |
|
* @freq: center frequency in KHz |
|
* Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. |
|
*/ |
|
int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number |
|
* @freq: center frequency in MHz |
|
* Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline int |
|
ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) |
|
{ |
|
return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified |
|
* frequency |
|
* @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for |
|
* @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel |
|
* Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. |
|
*/ |
|
struct ieee80211_channel * |
|
ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for |
|
* @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel |
|
* Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct ieee80211_channel * |
|
ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) |
|
{ |
|
return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC |
|
* @chan: control channel to check |
|
* |
|
* The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in |
|
* Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 |
|
*/ |
|
static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) |
|
{ |
|
if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate |
|
* |
|
* @sband: the band to look for rates in |
|
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates |
|
* @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate |
|
* |
|
* Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that |
|
* is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, |
|
* which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of |
|
* rates in the band's bitrate table. |
|
*/ |
|
const struct ieee80211_rate * |
|
ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
|
u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band |
|
* @sband: the band to look for rates in |
|
* @scan_width: width of the control channel |
|
* |
|
* This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given |
|
* band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. |
|
*/ |
|
u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support |
|
* |
|
* Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c |
|
* Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
struct radiotap_align_size { |
|
uint8_t align:4, size:4; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { |
|
const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; |
|
int n_bits; |
|
uint32_t oui; |
|
uint8_t subns; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { |
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; |
|
int n_ns; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args |
|
* @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call |
|
* to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() |
|
* @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each |
|
* call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after |
|
* ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to |
|
* the beginning of the actual data portion |
|
* @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience |
|
* @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition |
|
* (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) |
|
* @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default |
|
* radiotap namespace or not |
|
* |
|
* @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through |
|
* @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering |
|
* @_arg_index: next argument index |
|
* @_arg: next argument pointer |
|
* @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 |
|
* @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present |
|
* @_vns: vendor namespace definitions |
|
* @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data |
|
* @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the |
|
* next bitmap word |
|
* |
|
* Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore |
|
* must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { |
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; |
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; |
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; |
|
|
|
unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; |
|
__le32 *_next_bitmap; |
|
|
|
unsigned char *this_arg; |
|
int this_arg_index; |
|
int this_arg_size; |
|
|
|
int is_radiotap_ns; |
|
|
|
int _max_length; |
|
int _arg_index; |
|
uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; |
|
int _reset_on_ext; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
int |
|
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, |
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, |
|
int max_length, |
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); |
|
|
|
int |
|
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); |
|
|
|
|
|
extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; |
|
extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data |
|
* |
|
* @skb: the frame |
|
* |
|
* Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function |
|
* returns the 802.11 header length. |
|
* |
|
* Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption |
|
* headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid |
|
* 802.11 header. |
|
*/ |
|
unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control |
|
* @fc: frame control field in little-endian format |
|
* Return: The header length in bytes. |
|
*/ |
|
unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length |
|
* @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field |
|
* (first byte) will be accessed |
|
* Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at |
|
* least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. |
|
*/ |
|
unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Data path helpers |
|
* |
|
* In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers |
|
* functions that help implement the data path for devices |
|
* that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 |
|
* @skb: the 802.11 data frame |
|
* @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead |
|
* of it being pushed into the SKB |
|
* @addr: the device MAC address |
|
* @iftype: the virtual interface type |
|
* @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header |
|
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. |
|
*/ |
|
int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, |
|
const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
|
u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 |
|
* @skb: the 802.11 data frame |
|
* @addr: the device MAC address |
|
* @iftype: the virtual interface type |
|
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
|
{ |
|
return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame |
|
* |
|
* Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. |
|
* The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully |
|
* header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. |
|
* |
|
* @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. |
|
* @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and |
|
* initialized by the caller. |
|
* @addr: The device MAC address. |
|
* @iftype: The device interface type. |
|
* @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. |
|
* @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL |
|
* @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL |
|
*/ |
|
void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, |
|
const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
|
const unsigned int extra_headroom, |
|
const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame |
|
* @skb: the data frame |
|
* @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use |
|
* Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. |
|
*/ |
|
unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, |
|
struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data |
|
* |
|
* @eid: element ID |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* @match: byte array to match |
|
* @match_len: number of bytes in the match array |
|
* @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. |
|
* Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers |
|
* the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take |
|
* the data portion instead. |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
|
* requested element struct. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
|
* having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the |
|
* byte array to match. |
|
*/ |
|
const struct element * |
|
cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
|
const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, |
|
unsigned int match_offset); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data |
|
* |
|
* @eid: element ID |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* @match: byte array to match |
|
* @match_len: number of bytes in the match array |
|
* @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. |
|
* If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. |
|
* Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first |
|
* byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and |
|
* the second byte is the IE length. |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first |
|
* byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the |
|
* element ID. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
|
* having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the |
|
* byte array to match. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const u8 * |
|
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
|
const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, |
|
unsigned int match_offset) |
|
{ |
|
/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is |
|
* zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. |
|
*/ |
|
if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || |
|
(!match_len && match_offset))) |
|
return NULL; |
|
|
|
return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, |
|
match, match_len, |
|
match_offset ? |
|
match_offset - 2 : 0); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data |
|
* |
|
* @eid: element ID |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
|
* requested element struct. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
|
* having to fit into the given data. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const struct element * |
|
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data |
|
* |
|
* @eid: element ID |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
|
* data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested |
|
* element, that is the byte containing the element ID. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
|
* having to fit into the given data. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data |
|
* |
|
* @ext_eid: element ID Extension |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if |
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
|
* requested element struct. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
|
* having to fit into the given data. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const struct element * |
|
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, |
|
&ext_eid, 1, 0); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data |
|
* |
|
* @ext_eid: element ID Extension |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if |
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
|
* data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested |
|
* element, that is the byte containing the element ID. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
|
* having to fit into the given data. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, |
|
&ext_eid, 1, 2); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data |
|
* |
|
* @oui: vendor OUI |
|
* @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the |
|
* element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise |
|
* return the element structure for the requested element. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into |
|
* the given data. |
|
*/ |
|
const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, |
|
const u8 *ies, |
|
unsigned int len); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data |
|
* |
|
* @oui: vendor OUI |
|
* @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any |
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs |
|
* @len: length of data |
|
* |
|
* Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the |
|
* element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to |
|
* the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the |
|
* element ID. |
|
* |
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into |
|
* the given data. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline const u8 * |
|
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, |
|
const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) |
|
{ |
|
return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @addr: STA MAC address |
|
* |
|
* Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge |
|
* devices upon STA association. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure |
|
* |
|
* TODO |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain |
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting |
|
* conflicts) |
|
* @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain |
|
* should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you |
|
* set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted |
|
* alpha2. |
|
* |
|
* Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core |
|
* what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by |
|
* giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory |
|
* domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. |
|
* If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried |
|
* for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. |
|
* |
|
* The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. |
|
* For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), |
|
* for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). |
|
* |
|
* Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get |
|
* an -ENOMEM. |
|
* |
|
* Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. |
|
*/ |
|
int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers |
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
|
* @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy |
|
* |
|
* Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they |
|
* may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more |
|
* information. |
|
* |
|
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM |
|
*/ |
|
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers |
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
|
* @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy |
|
* |
|
* This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and |
|
* applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details |
|
* see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). |
|
* |
|
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM |
|
*/ |
|
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain |
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
|
* @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy |
|
* |
|
* Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply |
|
* to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory |
|
* domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The |
|
* custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous |
|
* default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a |
|
* channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. |
|
* Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag |
|
* REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy |
|
* that called this helper. |
|
*/ |
|
void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for |
|
* @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for |
|
* |
|
* Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on |
|
* a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain |
|
* it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received |
|
* and processed already. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule |
|
* can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to |
|
* check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return |
|
* value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even |
|
* have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. |
|
* See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is |
|
* purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. |
|
*/ |
|
const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
u32 center_freq); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name |
|
* @initiator: the regulatory request initiator |
|
* |
|
* You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a |
|
* proper string representation. |
|
*/ |
|
const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom |
|
* @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. |
|
* |
|
* Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). |
|
*/ |
|
bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Internal regulatory db functions |
|
* |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule |
|
* Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively |
|
* |
|
* @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. |
|
* @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. |
|
* @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. |
|
* |
|
* Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query |
|
* the internal regulatory database to check whether the given |
|
* ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. |
|
* |
|
* Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get |
|
* an -ENODATA. |
|
* |
|
* Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. |
|
*/ |
|
int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, |
|
struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification |
|
* functions and BSS handling helpers |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished |
|
* |
|
* @request: the corresponding scan request |
|
* @info: information about the completed scan |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, |
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results |
|
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped |
|
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
|
* |
|
* The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the |
|
* scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver |
|
* is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped |
|
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
|
* |
|
* The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the |
|
* scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver |
|
* is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. |
|
* This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS |
|
* @data: the BSS metadata |
|
* @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) |
|
* @len: length of the management frame |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and |
|
* the BSS should be updated/added. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! |
|
* Or %NULL on error. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, |
|
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, |
|
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
|
.chan = rx_channel, |
|
.scan_width = scan_width, |
|
.signal = signal, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
|
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
|
.chan = rx_channel, |
|
.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
|
.signal = signal, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID |
|
* @bssid: transmitter BSSID |
|
* @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element |
|
* @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element |
|
* @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, |
|
u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) |
|
{ |
|
u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); |
|
u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); |
|
u64 new_bssid_u64; |
|
|
|
new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; |
|
|
|
new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; |
|
|
|
u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited |
|
* @element: element to check |
|
* @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, |
|
const struct element *non_inherit_element); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs |
|
* @ie: ies |
|
* @ielen: length of IEs |
|
* @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element |
|
* @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) |
|
* @merged_ie: location of the merged profile |
|
* @max_copy_len: max merged profile length |
|
*/ |
|
size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
|
const struct element *mbssid_elem, |
|
const struct element *sub_elem, |
|
u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from |
|
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is |
|
* from a beacon or probe response |
|
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon |
|
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response |
|
*/ |
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { |
|
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, |
|
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, |
|
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS |
|
* @data: the BSS metadata |
|
* @ftype: frame type (if known) |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS |
|
* @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) |
|
* @capability: the capability field sent by the peer |
|
* @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer |
|
* @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer |
|
* @ielen: length of the additional IEs |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and |
|
* the BSS should be updated/added. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! |
|
* Or %NULL on error. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, |
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
|
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
|
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, |
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
|
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
|
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
|
.chan = rx_channel, |
|
.scan_width = scan_width, |
|
.signal = signal, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, |
|
capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, |
|
gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
|
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
|
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
|
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
|
.chan = rx_channel, |
|
.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
|
.signal = signal, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, |
|
capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, |
|
gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
|
* @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) |
|
* @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) |
|
* @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) |
|
* @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) |
|
* @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type |
|
* @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
|
const u8 *bssid, |
|
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
|
enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, |
|
enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); |
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * |
|
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
|
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, |
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, |
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
|
* @bss: the BSS struct to reference |
|
* |
|
* Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
|
* @bss: the BSS struct |
|
* |
|
* Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @bss: the bss to remove |
|
* |
|
* This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures |
|
* thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this |
|
* function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time |
|
* out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries |
|
* |
|
* This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy |
|
* and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not |
|
* allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel |
|
* of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. |
|
* @iter: the iterator function to call |
|
* @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss, |
|
void *data), |
|
void *iter_data); |
|
|
|
static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width |
|
cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
|
{ |
|
switch (chandef->width) { |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
|
return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; |
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
|
return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; |
|
default: |
|
return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @buf: authentication frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or |
|
* deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. |
|
* After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must |
|
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
|
* After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must |
|
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
|
* While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed |
|
* disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used |
|
* because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function |
|
* cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. |
|
* |
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out |
|
* |
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's |
|
* mutex. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer |
|
* moves to cfg80211 in this call |
|
* @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format |
|
* as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field |
|
* @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame |
|
* @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data |
|
* |
|
* After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must |
|
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
|
* |
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
|
int uapsd_queues, |
|
const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. |
|
* |
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. |
|
* |
|
* Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, |
|
* an association attempt was abandoned. |
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in |
|
* station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and |
|
* locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the |
|
* corresponding wdev's mutex. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
|
bool reconnect); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @buf: received management frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc |
|
* frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the |
|
* frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon |
|
* frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while |
|
* beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). |
|
* |
|
* This function may sleep. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @addr: The source MAC address of the frame |
|
* @key_type: The key type that the received frame used |
|
* @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. |
|
* @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a |
|
* received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() |
|
* primitive. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, |
|
enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, |
|
const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined |
|
* @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or |
|
* switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, |
|
* either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of |
|
* the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called |
|
* with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is |
|
* always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer |
|
* candidate |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate |
|
* @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate |
|
* @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been |
|
* detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. |
|
* cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, |
|
int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: RFkill integration |
|
* |
|
* RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, |
|
* as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each |
|
* wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated |
|
* into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are |
|
* expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. |
|
* |
|
* However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they |
|
* also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. |
|
* They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @blocked: block status |
|
* @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons |
|
*/ |
|
void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, |
|
enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); |
|
|
|
static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) |
|
{ |
|
wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, |
|
RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
*/ |
|
void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
|
{ |
|
rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Vendor commands |
|
* |
|
* Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that |
|
* can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the |
|
* vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with |
|
* (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as |
|
* the configuration mechanism. |
|
* |
|
* A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array |
|
* in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an |
|
* OUI and sub command ID to identify it. |
|
* |
|
* Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol |
|
* features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, |
|
* it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any |
|
* "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection |
|
* managers etc. need. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
enum nl80211_commands cmd, |
|
enum nl80211_attrs attr, |
|
int approxlen); |
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
enum nl80211_commands cmd, |
|
enum nl80211_attrs attr, |
|
unsigned int portid, |
|
int vendor_event_idx, |
|
int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
|
* be put into the skb |
|
* |
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to |
|
* a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling |
|
* it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. |
|
* |
|
* The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in |
|
* a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), |
|
* nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the |
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done |
|
* with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool |
|
* which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. |
|
* You must not modify the skb in any other way. |
|
* |
|
* When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return |
|
* its error code as the result of the doit() operation. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct sk_buff * |
|
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) |
|
{ |
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb |
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() |
|
* |
|
* Since calling this function will usually be the last thing |
|
* before returning from the vendor command doit() you should |
|
* return the error code. Note that this function consumes the |
|
* skb regardless of the return value. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An error code or 0 on success. |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* |
|
* Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. |
|
* Valid to call only there. |
|
*/ |
|
unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device |
|
* @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events |
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
|
* be put into the skb |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the |
|
* vendor-specific multicast group. |
|
* |
|
* If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified |
|
* wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data |
|
* attribute. |
|
* |
|
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the |
|
* skb to send the event. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct sk_buff * |
|
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
|
0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device |
|
* @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events |
|
* @portid: port ID of the receiver |
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
|
* be put into the skb |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to |
|
* a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been |
|
* obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take |
|
* care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. |
|
* |
|
* If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified |
|
* wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data |
|
* attribute. |
|
* |
|
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the |
|
* skb to send the event. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct sk_buff * |
|
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
unsigned int portid, int approxlen, |
|
int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
|
portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event |
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated |
|
* by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
|
/** |
|
* DOC: Test mode |
|
* |
|
* Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to |
|
* interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, |
|
* factory programming. |
|
* |
|
* This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more |
|
* information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. |
|
*/ |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
|
* be put into the skb |
|
* |
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to |
|
* the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling |
|
* it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. |
|
* |
|
* The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in |
|
* a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), |
|
* nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the |
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done |
|
* with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool |
|
* which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You |
|
* must not modify the skb in any other way. |
|
* |
|
* When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return |
|
* its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct sk_buff * |
|
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) |
|
{ |
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
|
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb |
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() |
|
* |
|
* Since calling this function will usually be the last thing |
|
* before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return |
|
* the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb |
|
* regardless of the return value. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An error code or 0 on success. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
|
* be put into the skb |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the |
|
* testmode multicast group. |
|
* |
|
* The returned skb is set up in the same way as with |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As |
|
* there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the |
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb |
|
* in any other way. |
|
* |
|
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the |
|
* skb to send the event. |
|
* |
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline struct sk_buff * |
|
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
|
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, |
|
approxlen, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event |
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated |
|
* by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always |
|
* consumes it. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), |
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), |
|
#else |
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) |
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params |
|
* @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) |
|
* @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets |
|
* @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in |
|
* @erp_next_seq_num is valid. |
|
* @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in |
|
* FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the |
|
* status for a FILS connection. |
|
* @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). |
|
* @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets |
|
* @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID |
|
* used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { |
|
const u8 *kek; |
|
size_t kek_len; |
|
bool update_erp_next_seq_num; |
|
u16 erp_next_seq_num; |
|
const u8 *pmk; |
|
size_t pmk_len; |
|
const u8 *pmkid; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params |
|
* @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
|
* the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a |
|
* failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame |
|
* from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to |
|
* indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. |
|
* @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that |
|
* case. |
|
* @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) |
|
* @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through |
|
* cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the |
|
* bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return |
|
* through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the |
|
* connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. |
|
* Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. |
|
* @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) |
|
* @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length |
|
* @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
|
* @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length |
|
* @fils: FILS connection response parameters. |
|
* @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the |
|
* connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from |
|
* the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is |
|
* not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the |
|
* failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. |
|
* This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { |
|
int status; |
|
const u8 *bssid; |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
|
const u8 *req_ie; |
|
size_t req_ie_len; |
|
const u8 *resp_ie; |
|
size_t resp_ie_len; |
|
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; |
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @params: connection response parameters |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
|
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response |
|
* parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), |
|
* cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), |
|
* and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
|
* @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through |
|
* cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the |
|
* bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return |
|
* through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the |
|
* connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. |
|
* Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. |
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
|
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
|
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
|
* the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a |
|
* failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame |
|
* from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to |
|
* indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. |
|
* @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that |
|
* case. |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the |
|
* connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from |
|
* the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is |
|
* not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the |
|
* failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. |
|
* This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). |
|
* |
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
|
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
|
* cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss |
|
* entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among |
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void |
|
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, |
|
size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, |
|
size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, |
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) |
|
{ |
|
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; |
|
|
|
memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); |
|
params.status = status; |
|
params.bssid = bssid; |
|
params.bss = bss; |
|
params.req_ie = req_ie; |
|
params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; |
|
params.resp_ie = resp_ie; |
|
params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; |
|
params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; |
|
|
|
cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
|
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
|
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
|
* the real status code for failures. |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
|
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only |
|
* one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void |
|
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
|
const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, |
|
const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, |
|
u16 status, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, |
|
resp_ie_len, status, gfp, |
|
NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. |
|
* |
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed |
|
* in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was |
|
* received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send |
|
* out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while |
|
* waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among |
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void |
|
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
|
const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, |
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) |
|
{ |
|
cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, |
|
gfp, timeout_reason); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information |
|
* |
|
* @channel: the channel of the new AP |
|
* @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) |
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
|
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
|
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
|
* @fils: FILS related roaming information. |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_roam_info { |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
|
const u8 *bssid; |
|
const u8 *req_ie; |
|
size_t req_ie_len; |
|
const u8 *resp_ie; |
|
size_t resp_ie_len; |
|
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the |
|
* new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. |
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP |
|
* to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in |
|
* firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where |
|
* the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the |
|
* time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling |
|
* rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released |
|
* either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be |
|
* released while disconnecting from the current bss. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake |
|
* offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., |
|
* the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function |
|
* should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), |
|
* cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to |
|
* indicate the 802.11 association. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped |
|
* |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) |
|
* @ie_len: length of IEs |
|
* @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown |
|
* @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state |
|
* and not try to connect to any AP any more. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, |
|
const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, |
|
bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start |
|
* @wdev: wireless device |
|
* @cookie: the request cookie |
|
* @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) |
|
* @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the |
|
* channel |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
|
unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired |
|
* @wdev: wireless device |
|
* @cookie: the request cookie |
|
* @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired |
|
* @wdev: wireless device |
|
* @cookie: the requested cookie |
|
* @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. |
|
* |
|
* @sinfo: the station information |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info |
|
* @sinfo: the station information |
|
* |
|
* Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station |
|
* information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on |
|
* the stack.) |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) |
|
{ |
|
kfree(sinfo->pertid); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station |
|
* |
|
* @dev: the netdev |
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address |
|
* @sinfo: the station information |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station |
|
* @dev: the netdev |
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address |
|
* @sinfo: the station information/statistics |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station |
|
* |
|
* @dev: the netdev |
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) |
|
{ |
|
cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification |
|
* |
|
* @dev: the netdev |
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address |
|
* @reason: the reason for connection failure |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station |
|
* could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection |
|
* for some reasons, this function is called. |
|
* |
|
* The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from |
|
* nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
|
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame |
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
|
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz |
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
|
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
|
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
|
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
|
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame |
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
|
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz |
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
|
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
|
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
|
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
|
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, |
|
int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
|
u32 flags) |
|
{ |
|
return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, |
|
flags); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame |
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
|
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() |
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be |
|
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the |
|
* transmission attempt. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control |
|
* port frames |
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
|
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() |
|
* @buf: Data frame (header + body) |
|
* @len: length of the frame data |
|
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be |
|
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of |
|
* the transmission attempt. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame |
|
* @dev: The device the frame matched to |
|
* @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf |
|
* is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. |
|
* This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is |
|
* responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that |
|
* skb->protocol is set appropriately. |
|
* @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted |
|
* |
|
* This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port |
|
* frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive |
|
* control port frames over nl80211. |
|
* |
|
* The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all |
|
* network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event |
|
* @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring |
|
* rssi threshold reached event occurs. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
|
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, |
|
s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @peer: peer's MAC address |
|
* @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold |
|
* but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent |
|
* threshold (to account for temporary interference) |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @peer: peer's MAC address |
|
* @num_packets: how many packets were lost |
|
* @rate: % of packets which failed transmission |
|
* @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a |
|
* given interval is exceeded. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, |
|
u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @chandef: chandef for the current channel |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified |
|
* @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action |
|
* frame. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, |
|
struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event |
|
* @netdev: network device |
|
* @chandef: chandef for the current channel |
|
* @event: type of event |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished |
|
* or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, |
|
* also by full-MAC drivers. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) |
|
* @replay_ctr: new replay counter |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
|
const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate |
|
* @dev: network device |
|
* @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) |
|
* @bssid: BSSID of AP |
|
* @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, |
|
const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame |
|
* @dev: The device the frame matched to |
|
* @addr: the transmitter address |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that |
|
* a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the |
|
* sender. |
|
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed |
|
* for a reason other than not having a subscription.) |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame |
|
* @dev: The device the frame matched to |
|
* @addr: the transmitter address |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that |
|
* an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. |
|
* It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each |
|
* station to avoid event flooding. |
|
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed |
|
* for a reason other than not having a subscription.) |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, |
|
const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status |
|
* @dev: the device the probe was sent on |
|
* @addr: the address of the peer |
|
* @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously |
|
* @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not |
|
* @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. |
|
* @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, |
|
u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, |
|
bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon |
|
* @frame: the frame |
|
* @len: length of the frame |
|
* @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz |
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
|
* |
|
* Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was |
|
* received. It is not useful to call this when there is no |
|
* netdev that is in AP/GO mode. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, |
|
size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs |
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon |
|
* @frame: the frame |
|
* @len: length of the frame |
|
* @freq: frequency the frame was received on |
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
|
* |
|
* Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was |
|
* received. It is not useful to call this when there is no |
|
* netdev that is in AP/GO mode. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
const u8 *frame, size_t len, |
|
int freq, int sig_dbm) |
|
{ |
|
cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), |
|
sig_dbm); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition |
|
* @iftype: interface type |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) |
|
* can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @chandef: the channel definition |
|
* @iftype: interface type |
|
* |
|
* Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) |
|
* can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version |
|
* also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under |
|
* more permissive conditions. |
|
* |
|
* Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace |
|
* @dev: the device which switched channels |
|
* @chandef: the new channel definition |
|
* |
|
* Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable |
|
* driver context! |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start |
|
* @dev: the device on which the channel switch started |
|
* @chandef: the future channel definition |
|
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens |
|
* @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP |
|
* |
|
* Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just |
|
* started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting |
|
* channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
u8 count, bool quiet); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band |
|
* |
|
* @operating_class: the operating class to convert |
|
* @band: band pointer to fill |
|
* |
|
* Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, |
|
enum nl80211_band *band); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: the chandef to convert |
|
* @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class |
|
* |
|
* Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. |
|
*/ |
|
bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
|
u8 *op_class); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz |
|
* |
|
* @chandef: the chandef to convert |
|
* |
|
* Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline u32 |
|
ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
|
{ |
|
return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation |
|
* @dev: the device on which the operation is requested |
|
* @peer: the MAC address of the peer device |
|
* @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or |
|
* NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) |
|
* @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that |
|
* requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP |
|
* connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use |
|
* if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., |
|
* based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, |
|
enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, |
|
u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) |
|
* @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from |
|
* |
|
* return 0 if MCS index >= 32 |
|
*/ |
|
u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev |
|
* @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove |
|
* |
|
* This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary |
|
* to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device |
|
* by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called |
|
* when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device |
|
* is unbound from the driver. |
|
* |
|
* Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev |
|
* @dev: the netdev to register |
|
* |
|
* Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather |
|
* than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is |
|
* held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable |
|
* instead as well. |
|
* |
|
* Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev |
|
* @dev: the netdev to register |
|
* |
|
* Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather |
|
* than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL |
|
* is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are |
|
* usable instead as well. |
|
* |
|
* Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) |
|
{ |
|
cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements |
|
* @ies: FT IEs |
|
* @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes |
|
* @target_ap: target AP's MAC address |
|
* @ric_ies: RIC IE |
|
* @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { |
|
const u8 *ies; |
|
size_t ies_len; |
|
const u8 *target_ap; |
|
const u8 *ric_ies; |
|
size_t ric_ies_len; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE |
|
* @netdev: network device |
|
* @ft_event: IE information |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer |
|
* @ies: the input IE buffer |
|
* @len: the input length |
|
* @attr: the attribute ID to find |
|
* @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. |
|
* if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size |
|
* @bufsize: size of the output buffer |
|
* |
|
* The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and |
|
* copies its contents to the given buffer. |
|
* |
|
* Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is |
|
* malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the |
|
* length of the found attribute (which can be zero). |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
|
enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, |
|
u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) |
|
* @ies: the IE buffer |
|
* @ielen: the length of the IE buffer |
|
* @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before |
|
* the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next |
|
* EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. |
|
* @n_ids: the size of the element ID array |
|
* @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element |
|
* @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array |
|
* @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer |
|
* |
|
* This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset |
|
* variable to point to the location where the buffer should be |
|
* split. |
|
* |
|
* It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this |
|
* has to be guaranteed by the caller! |
|
* |
|
* It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered |
|
* correctly, if not the result of using this function will not |
|
* be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. |
|
* |
|
* The function returns the offset where the next part of the |
|
* buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) |
|
* of the buffer should be used. |
|
*/ |
|
size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, |
|
const u8 *ids, int n_ids, |
|
const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, |
|
size_t offset); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering |
|
* @ies: the IE buffer |
|
* @ielen: the length of the IE buffer |
|
* @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before |
|
* the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next |
|
* EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. |
|
* @n_ids: the size of the element ID array |
|
* @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer |
|
* |
|
* This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset |
|
* variable to point to the location where the buffer should be |
|
* split. |
|
* |
|
* It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this |
|
* has to be guaranteed by the caller! |
|
* |
|
* It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered |
|
* correctly, if not the result of using this function will not |
|
* be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. |
|
* |
|
* The function returns the offset where the next part of the |
|
* buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) |
|
* of the buffer should be used. |
|
*/ |
|
static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, |
|
const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) |
|
{ |
|
return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup |
|
* @wakeup: the wakeup report |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function reports that the given device woke up. If it |
|
* caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may |
|
* pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something |
|
* else caused the wakeup. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. |
|
* |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted |
|
* operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given |
|
* by .crit_proto_start() has expired. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* |
|
* Return: the number of channels supported by the device. |
|
*/ |
|
unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @params: the interface combinations parameter |
|
* |
|
* This function can be called by the driver to check whether a |
|
* combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to |
|
* the interface combinations. |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct iface_combination_params *params); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @params: the interface combinations parameter |
|
* @iter: function to call for each matching combination |
|
* @data: pointer to pass to iter function |
|
* |
|
* This function can be called by the driver to check what possible |
|
* combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching |
|
* purposes. |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
struct iface_combination_params *params, |
|
void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, |
|
void *data), |
|
void *data); |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @wdev: wireless device |
|
* @gfp: context flags |
|
* |
|
* Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA |
|
* disconnected. |
|
* |
|
* Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down |
|
* |
|
* This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by |
|
* calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). |
|
* It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors |
|
* that really can't be recovered in any other way. |
|
* |
|
* Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into |
|
* the driver while the function is running. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. |
|
* @ftidx: extended feature bit index. |
|
* |
|
* The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see |
|
* &struct wiphy.@ext_features) |
|
*/ |
|
static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) |
|
{ |
|
u8 *ft_byte; |
|
|
|
ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; |
|
*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag |
|
* |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. |
|
* @ftidx: extended feature bit index. |
|
* |
|
* The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see |
|
* &struct wiphy.@ext_features) |
|
*/ |
|
static inline bool |
|
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
|
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) |
|
{ |
|
u8 ft_byte; |
|
|
|
ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; |
|
return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function |
|
* @f: NAN function that should be freed |
|
* |
|
* Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters |
|
* @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is |
|
* %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. |
|
* If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery |
|
* result. |
|
* If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. |
|
* @inst_id: the local instance id |
|
* @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function |
|
* @addr: the MAC address of the peer |
|
* @info_len: the length of the &info |
|
* @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) |
|
* @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function |
|
*/ |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { |
|
enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; |
|
u8 inst_id; |
|
u8 peer_inst_id; |
|
const u8 *addr; |
|
u8 info_len; |
|
const u8 *info; |
|
u64 cookie; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match |
|
* @match: match notification parameters |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This |
|
* can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that |
|
* was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. |
|
* |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match |
|
* @inst_id: the local instance id |
|
* @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) |
|
* @cookie: unique NAN function identifier |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
u8 inst_id, |
|
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, |
|
u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/* ethtool helper */ |
|
void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication |
|
* @netdev: network device |
|
* @params: External authentication parameters |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error |
|
*/ |
|
int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement |
|
* @req: the original measurement request |
|
* @result: the result data |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed |
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement |
|
* @req: the original measurement request |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
* |
|
* Report that the entire measurement completed, after this |
|
* the request pointer will no longer be valid. |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
* @iftype: interface type |
|
* @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' |
|
* @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces |
|
* |
|
* Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API |
|
* can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when |
|
* check_swif is '1'. |
|
*/ |
|
bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
|
bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ |
|
|
|
/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ |
|
|
|
#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
|
|
#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
|
|
#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) |
|
|
|
#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
|
|
|
#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) |
|
#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg |
|
#else |
|
#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
({ \ |
|
if (0) \ |
|
wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ |
|
0; \ |
|
}) |
|
#endif |
|
|
|
/* |
|
* wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference |
|
* of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the |
|
* file/line information and a backtrace. |
|
*/ |
|
#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
|
WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space |
|
* @netdev: network device |
|
* @owe_info: peer's owe info |
|
* @gfp: allocation flags |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
|
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, |
|
gfp_t gfp); |
|
|
|
/** |
|
* cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries |
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy |
|
*/ |
|
void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
|
|
|
#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
|
|
|